Books
- Nabāt sūryā wa filistīn wa al-quṭr al-maṣrī wa bawādīhā — Netter's Pediatrics : Editors, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Erin Pete Devon ; Illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; Contributing Illustrators, Carlos a.G. Machado, John a. Craig, DragonFly Media Group, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, Anita Impagliazzo, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, James a. Perkins. Second edition (235)
- Netter's Sports Medicine. Third edition — Neuropsychopharmacology and Therapeutics (235)
- NeuroPsychopharmacotherapy — Nonsurgical Peri-orbital Rejuvenation (235)
- Noradrenergic Signaling and Astroglia — Nutritional Support After Gastrointestinal Surgery (232)
- Printtaʾlīf Jūrj Būst.Summary: Lists and classifies the plants of Syria, Palestine, and Egypt.
Contents:
al-Mujallad
1. Wa-huwa yataḍammanu tisʻan wa-arbaʻīn rutbah min al-Shaqīqīyah ilā al-Kūrnīyah.Print - Digitaledited by Edward P. Walsh, John E. Mayer Jr., Sarah A. Teele, David W. Brown.Summary: In recent years, the field of pediatric cardiology has undergone rapid change, resulting in earlier diagnoses and improved long-term outcomes for many patients. Nadas' Pediatric Cardiology, 3rd Edition, offers an easy-to-understand, practical, and team-based approach to this complex field, addressing the current needs of pediatric cardiologists, surgeons, fellows, and other members of the pediatric cardiology team. It thoroughly covers all diagnostic and management aspects of both acquired and congenital heart disease, providing a strong foundation and an actionable approach to care of the pediatric cardiology patient and family.
Contents:
Developmental anatomy, dysmorphology, and physiology
Problems caused by heart disease
Diagnostic techniques
Allied disciplines
Acquired heart disease
Congenital heart disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalRomero-Gomez, Manuel.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and management of Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) and Non-Alcoholic Steatohepatis (NASH). Basic principles of disease progression, the genetic and nutritional basis of NAFLD and NASH are explained along with the proteomic principles underlying biomarker development. Chapters cover both biochemical and imaging biomarkers used in elastrography and ultrasound and discuss how these are applicable to early diagnosis and monitoring of NASH and NAFLD. This is a useful resource for hepatologists, primary care providers with an interest in metabolic disease, diabetologists and endocrinologists in their daily clinical practice.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalBianca Maria Piraccini.Summary: "This book is designed to meet the need for a concise, easy-to-read text on how to approach and manage patients with nail diseases. The book opens with a description of nail anatomy and physiology, followed by a review of nail symptoms, divided according to the part of the nail apparatus involved. Non-invasive and invasive tools for the diagnosis of nail disorders are then described and insights provided into their appropriate use. Subsequent chapters review the various nail diseases, covering inflammatory, infective, environmentally and auto- induced, drug-induced and neoplastic conditions as well as disorders due to systemic diseases. An additional chapter addresses nail conditions commonly seen in toenails. Informative high-quality illustrations are included for each disorder and boxes helpfully summarize the most important features, clues to diagnosis, necessary examinations, and treatments. Nail Disorders: A Practical Guide to Diagnosis and Management will be an invaluable, ready source of information for students in dermatology, clinical practitioners and podiatrists."--Publisher's website.
- DigitalDimitris Rigopoulos, Antonella Tosti, editors.Summary: Nail psoriasis is very common and causes considerable morbidity to patients. With the aid of informative illustrations, this book presents the clinical signs suggestive of nail psoriasis and describes the differential diagnosis of nail abnormalities. Newer methods of diagnosis are considered, and advice is provided on the use of severity evaluation indexes. The available treatments are extensively discussed, with information on the latest options. Selection of the appropriate treatment may be a challenge, so guidance is provided on all factors that should be taken into consideration and on choice of treatment for special categories of patient, such as children and pregnant women. Contributors have been selected from across the world, offering an international perspective on the condition. Nail Psoriasis will be an invaluable up-to-date source of information for dermatologists and will also be of interest to rheumatologists and general practitioners, given that recognition of nail signs can lead to earlier diagnosis of arthropathic disease.
Contents:
Epidemiology of Nail Psoriasis
Genetics
Pathology
Comorbidities of Nail Psoriasis: From A to Z
Arthritis
The Clinical Features of Nail Psoriasis
Ultrasound Imaging of Psoriatic Nails
Dermoscopy of Nail Psoriasis
Severity Evaluation Indexes
Quality of Life
Differential Diagnosis for Nail Psoriasis
Onychomycosis and Psoriasis
Treatment of Nail Psoriasis
Nail Psoriasis in Special Populations: Children, Pregnant, Elderly
How to Choose My Treatment
What Is the Future?Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by T. Heather Herdman, Shigemi Kamitsuru, Camila Takáo Lopes.Summary: "The quintessential guide to nursing diagnoses from NANDA-I experts in new updated edition. Fully updated and revised by editors T. Heather Herdman, Shigemi Kamitsuru, and Camila Takáo Lopes, NANDA International Nursing Diagnoses: Definitions and Classification, 2024-2026, 13th Edition is the definitive guide to nursing diagnoses, as reviewed and approved by the NANDA International (NANDA-I) Diagnosis Development Committee (DDC). In this new edition of a seminal text, the editors have provided a more in-depth discussion on diagnosis and its linkage to assessment, using Kamitsuru’s Tripartite Model of Nursing Practice to differentiate between interdependent interventions based on medical and organizational standards of care, and autonomous nursing interventions based on nursing standards of care. Functional Health Patterns are used as an assessment framework to guide nurses in collecting relevant data to drive accuracy in nursing diagnosis. Ontology, classification and taxonomy are described, and the axial structure of our diagnoses – which has seen significant revision – is explained in detail. An overview on all changes and revisions in the classification is provided, along with updated research priorities and future foci for the Diagnosis Development Committee and the NANDA-I Association." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalZhypargul Abdullaeva.Summary: A comprehensive introduction to nano- and biomaterials shining light on the different research disciplines from various perspectives. The straightforward and well-structured concept is designed to cater for entrants as well as experienced researchers in the field of nanotechnology. The initial chapters introduce nanomaterials, their classification and synthesis techniques, while subsequent chapters discuss the various characterization tools as well as mechanical properties and their applications in biotechnological and biomedical fields. Further understanding of the topic is supported by case studies used for practical purposes. The book concludes with a look at future technology advances. With its explanation of a wide variety of materials, this is an essential reference for chemists, physicists, materials scientists and biomedical engineers.
Contents:
Introduction into Nano- and Biomaterials
Classification of Nanomaterials
Nanocomposite Materials and Their Physical Property Features
Mechanical Characteristics of Dispersive Systems
Physical Properties of Nanomaterials: Graphene
Chemical Properties and Mechanical Characteristics of Nanomaterial Characterization Tools in Nanotechnology
Introduction to Biomaterials
Properties of Biomaterials
Implants and Artificial Organs
Tissue Engineering, Scaffolds, and 3D Bioprinting. - Digitaledited by Lajos P. Balogh.Summary: This book is the second in a series presenting articles that received the most citations in recent years in nanomedicine. The series is edited by, a prominent nanotechnology researcher and editor-in-chief of Precision Nanomedicine. The theme of the second volume is about nano-enabled medical applications. The 19 articles collected here have already acquired more than 12,500 citations highlighting the importance and professional recognition of the work of these scientists in nanomedicine. The content includes the general overview of the field and a wide variety of applications that have been impossible without nanoscience and nanotechnology.Digital Access TandFonline 2020
- DigitalSumera Javad, editor.Summary: In this age of population explosion and depleting natural resources, this book offers new techniques to produce more from agricultural crops at a lower cost. The field of agronomy addresses this issue and interacts with the fields of agriculture, botany, and economics. Nanotechnology and nanoparticles play a role in agronomy. This book joins techniques from both fields into once comprehensive volume. Students of agriculture, physics, nanotechnology, and plant sciences will benefit equally from this work.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editor
Chapter 1: Nanotechnology: A Breakthrough in Agronomy
1.1 Introduction
1.2 What Is Nanotechnology?
1.3 Classification of Nanomaterials
1.3.1 One-Dimensional Nanoparticles
1.3.2 Two-Dimension Nanoparticles
1.3.3 Three-Dimension Nanoparticles
1.4 Synthesis of Nanomaterials
1.4.1 Top to Bottom Approach
1.4.2 Bottom to Up Approach
1.4.2.1 Chemical Synthesis
1.4.2.2 Biological Synthesis
Nanoparticle Synthesis Using Microorganisms
Green Synthesis 1.5 Overview of Nano-technological Applications in Agriculture
1.5.1 Crop Production and Growth
1.5.1.1 Seed Production
1.5.1.2 Seed Germination
1.5.1.3 Nanofertilizer
1.5.2 Crop Disease Management
1.5.2.1 Nanopestiside
1.5.2.2 Nanofungicide
1.5.2.3 Nanoherbicide
1.5.2.4 Nanofibers
1.5.3 Nanoparticles in Post-harvest Disease Management
1.5.4 Nanoscale Carriers
1.5.5 Nanosensors
1.5.6 Sustainable Water Use
1.5.7 Removal of Heavy Metals
1.5.8 Hydroponics
1.5.9 Nanoparticles in Plant Tissue Culture
1.6 Conclusion
References 4.2.3 Take-All of Wheat
4.2.4 Downy Mildews
4.2.5 Leaf Spot and Blight Diseases
4.2.6 Grey Mold Disease
4.2.7 Rusts
4.2.8 Smuts
4.2.9 Anthracnose
4.3 Role of Fungi in Nanoparticles Synthesis
4.3.1 Mechanisms Behind Myconanoparticles Synthesis
4.3.2 Fungi a Renewable Source for Nanoparticles Synthesis
4.4 Myconanoparticles Application in Management of Fungal Diseases
4.4.1 Nanoparticles as a Suppresser for Pests (Nanopesticides)
4.4.2 Myconanoparticles Mechanism of Action Against Fungal Pathogens
4.5 Future Prospective
References Chapter 2: Nanotechnology and Plant Tissue Culture
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Plant Tissue Culture
2.2.1 Nanoparticles in Tissue Culture
2.2.2 Nanomaterials and Surface Sterilization of Explants
2.2.3 Role of Nanoparticles in Callogenesis, Organ Induction, Shoot and Root Growth
2.2.4 Effect of Nanomaterials on Genetic Transformation
2.2.5 In Vitro Conservation
2.2.6 Nanomaterials May Lead to Somaclonal Differences
2.2.7 Nanomaterials Cause Enhancement of Secondary Metabolites
2.3 Are Nanoparticles Toxic in Plant Tissue Culture?
2.4 Future Projections
2.5 Conclusion - Digitaledited by Challa Vijaya Kumar.Contents:
Encapsulating proteins in nanoparticles: batch by batch or one by one
Enzyme adsorption on nanoparticle surface probed by highly sensitive second harmonic light scattering
Armoring enzymes by metal-organic frameworks by the coprecipitation method
Enzyme armoring by an organosilica layer: synthesis and characterization of hybrid organic/inorganic nanobiocatalysts
Strategies for biophysical characterization of protein-polymer conjugates
Guide to the preparation of molecularly imprinted polymer nanoparticles for protein recognition by solid-phase synthesis
Armored urease: enzyme-bioconjugated poly(acrylamide) hydrogel as a storage and sensing platform
Armored enzyme-nanohybrids and their catalytic function under challenging conditions
Approaches for conjugating tailor-made polymers to proteins
Nanoarmoring of enzymes by polymer-functionalized iron oxide nanoparticles
Expression of cellulytic enzyme as a fusion protein that reacts specifically with a polymeric scaffold
Nanoarmoring of proteins by conjugation to block copolymer micelles
Semisynthetic enzymes by protein-peptide site-directed covalent conjugation: methods and applications
Transgultaminase-mediated nanoarmoring of enzymes by PEGylation
Polymer-based protein engineering: synthesis and characterization of armored, high graft density polymer-protein conjugates
Nano-armoring of enzymes: rational design of polymer-wrapped enzymes
Nanoarmored enzymes for organic enzymology: synthesis and characterization of poly(2-alkyloxazoline)-enzyme conjugates
Preparation and applications of dendronized polymer-enzyme conjugates
Nanoarmoring of enzymes by interlocking in cellulose fibers with poly(acrylic acid)
Author index
Subject Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Challa V. Kumar.Contents:
Magneto-controlled enzyme reactions / Paolo Bollella and Evgeny Katz
Functionalization of multiwalled carbon nanotubes for enzyme immobilization / Ram Sarup Singh and Kanika Chauhan
Immobilization of enzymes on iron oxide magnetic nanoparticles : synthesis, characterization, kinetics and thermodynamics / Abhijeet B. Muley, Ketan H. Mulchandani, and Rekha S. Singhal
Strategies to rationalize enzyme immobilization procedures / Diego E. Sastre, Eduardo A. Reis, and Caterina G.C. Marques Netto
Fibrous polymer functionalized magnetic biocatalysts for improved performance / Veli C. Ozalp, Gulay Bayramoglu, and M. Yakup Arica
Improvement in biochemical characteristics of cross-linked enzyme aggregates (CLEAs) with magnetic nanoparticles as support matrix / Nithyakalyani Doraiswamy, Mahalakshmi Sarathi, and Gautam Pennathur
Magnetic bead-based semi-automated phage display panning strategy for the directed evolution of antibodies / Angela Chiew Wen Ch'ng, Zoltán Konthur, and Theam Soon Lim
On-bead enzyme-catalyzed signal amplification for the high-sensitive detection of disease biomarkers / Wenjiao Fan, Wei Ren, Liping Zhu, and Chenghui Liu
Organophosphonate functionalized Au/Si@Fe₃O₄ : versatile carrier for enzyme immobilization / Sunaina Kaul, Vishal Singh, Rajat Sandhir, and Nitin Kumar Singhal
Bioelectrocatalysis at carbon nanotubes / Paolo Bollella and Evgeny Katz
Molecular wiring of glucose oxidase enzyme with Mn polypyridine complex on MWCNT modified electrode surface and its bio-electrocatalytic oxidation and glucose sensing / Natarajan Saravanan and Annamalai Senthil Kumar
Use of functionalized carbon nanotubes for the development of robust nanobiocatalysts / Michaela Patila, Nikolaos Chalmpes, Evangelia Dounousi, Haralambos Stamatis, and Dimitrios Gournis
Biocatalytic hydrogenations on carbon supports / Lisa A. Thompson, Jack S. Rowbotham, Holly A. Reeve, Ceren Zor, Nicole Grobert, and Kylie A. Vincent
Nano-immobilized cellulases for biomass processing with application in biofuel production / Reinu E. Abraham and Munish Puri
Few biomedical applications of carbon nanotubes / Neelam Yadav, Manshi Tyagi, Shikha Wadhwa, Ashish Mathur, and Jagriti Narang
Multiwalled carbon nanotubes bound beta-galactosidase : it's activity, stability and reusability / Maryam Khan and Qayyum Husain
Exfoliated and water dispersible biocarbon nanotubes for enzymology applications / Ankarao Kalluri, Megan K. Puglia, Mansi Malhotra, and Challa V. Kumar
Stabilization of phytase on multi-walled carbon nanotubes via covalent immobilization / Mohammad Pooya Naghshbandi and Hamid Moghimi
A simple magnetic nanoparticle-poly-enzyme nanobead sandwich assay for direct, ultrasensitive DNA detection / Lorico D.S. Lapitan, Jr. and Dejian Zhou
Enzymes immobilization onto magnetic nanoparticles to improve industrial and environmental applications / Osama M. Darwesh, Sameh S. Ali, Ibrahim A. Matter, Tamer Elsamahy, and Yehia A. Mahmoud.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Digitaledited by Pranjal Chandra, Rajiv Prakash.Summary: This book comprehensively documents the application of Nanobiomaterials in the field of bio-medicine and diagnostics technologies by involving classical concepts/examples. Nanobiotechnology is an emerging area which encompasses all the facets of research of nano and biomaterials with their interaction with biological systems. The book summarises design and development of various nanobiomaterials and their composites for diagnostics and therapeutic applications. It skilfully reviews the utilization of the nanomaterials alone or in combination with other bio-molecules as a contrast enhancer in in-vivo imaging, Nano-Theranostics, drug delivery, and sensing transducer matrix. It also discusses the current research on designing of the new Nanobiomaterials and their implementation in numerous fields including bio-medicine and diagnostics. Finally, it summarizes the future prospects and the commercial viability of Nanobiomaterials in the human health care.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Nanomaterials, classifications, and properties
Chapter 2. Engineering nanomaterials for bio-interfacing
Chapter 3. Biomaterials and surface modification strategies
Chapter 4. Nano materials as a nanotheronostic agent
Chapter 5. Nanobiomaterials in biomedicine: Designing strategies and critical concepts
Chapter 6. Phytofabricated nanodelivery systems: Engineering principles and applications
Chapter 7. Nanobiosensors based diagnostics system: Transducers and surface materials
Chapter 8. Nanobiomaterials and nanocomposites in clinical diagnostics
Chapter 9. Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicines based on nanobiomaterials
Chapter 10. Prospects and advantages of microfluidics utilizing various nanobiomaterials
Chapter 11. Electrochemical nanoengineered sensors in infectious disease diagnosis
Chapter 12. Multiplexing utilizing various nanobiomaterials
Chapter 13. Future perspects of nanobiomaterials in human health care
Chapter 14. Commercial aspects of nanobiomaterials: Short-coming and future aspects.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by XiuMei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam, Xiangdong Kong, and Lingyun Zhao.Summary: Written by an international team of editors and contributors from renowned universities and institutes, this book addresses the latest research in the field of nanobiomaterials, covering nanotechnologies for their fabrication, developments in biomedical applications, and the challenges of biosafety in clinic uses. Clearly structured, the volume defines the scope and classification of the field, resulting in a broad overview from fundamental principles to current technological advances, and from materials synthesis to biomedical applications along with future trends.
Contents:
Introduction. Nanobiomaterials: State of the Art / Jing Wang, Huihua Li, Lingling Tian, Seeram Ramakrishna
Classification of Nanobiomaterials. Metallic Nanobiomaterials / Magesh Sankar, Vasanth Gopal, Revathi Alexander, Geetha Manivasagam, Murugan Ramalingam
Polymeric Nanobiomaterials / Deepti Rana, Keerthana Ramasamy, Samad Ahadian, Geetha Manivasagam, Xiumei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam
Carbon-Based Nanobiomaterials / Samad Ahadian, Farhad Batmanghelich, Raquel Obregón, Deepti Rana, Javier Ramón-Azcón, Ramin Banan Sadeghian, Murugan Ramalingam
Nanotechnology-Based Approaches in Biomaterials Fabrications. Molecular Self-Assembly for Nanobiomaterial Fabrication / Ling Zhu, Yanlian Yang, Chen Wang
Electrospraying and Electrospinning for Nanobiomaterial Fabrication / Liumin He, Yuyuan Zhao, Lingling Tian, Seeram Ramakrishna
Layer-by-Layer Technique: From Capsule Assembly to Application in Biological Domains / Xi Chen
Nanopatterning Techniques / Lakshmi Priya Manickam, Akshay Bhatt, Deepti Rana, Serge Ostrovidov, Renu Pasricha, Xiumei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam
Surface Modification of Metallic Implants with Nanotubular Arrays via Electrochemical Anodization / Ming Jin, Shenglian Yao, Luning Wang
Nanobiomaterials in Biomedical Applications: Diagnosis, Imaging, and Therapy. Nonconventional Biosensors Based on Nanomembrane Materials / Lan Yin, Xing Sheng
Nanobiomaterials for Molecular Imaging / Prashant Chandrasekharan, Chang-Tong Yang
Engineering Nanobiomaterials for Improved Tissue Regeneration / Liping Xie, Wei Qian, Jianjun Sun, Bo Zou
Nanobiomaterials for Cancer Therapy / Wei Tao, Lin Mei
Chemical Synthesis and Biomedical Applications of Iron Oxide Nanoparticles / Jing Yu, Yanmin Ju, Fan Chen, Shenglei Che, Lingyun Zhao, Fugeng Sheng, Yanglong Hou
Gold Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Heyun Shen, Li Cheng, Linlin Li, Huiyu Liu
Silicon-Based Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery / Yixuan Yu, Xi Liu
Dendritic-Polymer-Based Nanomaterials for Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy / Na Zhu, Qiyong Gong, Zhongwei Gu, Kui Luo
Biosafety and Clinical Translation of Nanobiomaterials. Biosafety of Carbon-Based Nanoparticles and Nanocomposites / Yong Cheol Shin, Jong Ho Lee, In-Seop Lee, Dong-Wook Han
Clinical Translation and Safety Regulation of Nanobiomaterials / Ruibo Zhao, Lawrence Keen, Xiangdong Kong.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalShailendra K. Saxena, S.M. Paul Khurana, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the recent trends in various Nanotechnology-based therapeutics and challenges associated with its development. Nanobiotechnology is an interdisciplinary research that has wide applications in the various fields of biomedical research. The book discusses the various facets of the application of Nanotechnology in drug delivery, clinical diagnostics, Nanomedicine and treatment of infectious and chronic diseases. The book also highlights the recent advancements on important devices and applications that are based on Nanotechnology in medicine and brief the regulatory and ethical issues related to nanomedical devices. It also reviews the toxicological profile of various nanomaterials and emphasizes the need for safe nanomaterials for clinical use. Finally, the book discusses the recent developments of potential commercial applications of Nanotechnology.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Current Advances in Nanotechnology and Medicine
Chapter 2. Least Explored Small Wonders: Nano-biotechnology
Chapter 3. Modern Approaches in Nanomedicine for neuroAIDS and CNS drug delivery
Chapter 4. Nanobiotechnology: Paving the way to personalized medicine
Chapter 5. Nanomedicine in cancer stem cell therapy
Chapter 6. Nanobiosensor: Current Trends and Applications
Chapter 7. Transition Metal Oxide Nanoparticles: A New Horizon in Cancer Treatment
Chapter 8. Nanomedicine meets microRNA expression and function in prostate cancer
Chapter 9. Biomedical applications of Viral Nanoparticles in vaccine therapy
Chapter 10. HIV: Biology to Nanomedicine
Chapter 11. Current Advances in Phage Inspired Nanocarriers Based Therapy
Chapter 12. Nanophytotherapeutic potential of Essential Oils against Candida infections
Chapter 13. Molecular tests for the Diagnosis of Tuberculosis: Nanodiagnostics Approaches
Chapter 14. Molecular Mechanisms of drug resistance in Mycobacterium tuberculosis: Role of nanoparticles against Multi-Drug Resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)
Chapter 15. Nano-Mass spectrometry (nano-MS) based lipidomics
Chapter 16. Techniques to understand Mycobacterial Lipids and use of Lipid Based Nanoformulations for Tuberculosis Management
Chapter 17. Recent trends and challenges in Patches for cardiac tissue reengineering: role of Nanomaterials
Chapter 18. Cyclic dinucleotides: Big roles of small molecules and its role in nanotechnology and medicine
Chapter 19. Antibodies: Biology to Therapeutics and its role in nanomedicine
Chapter 20. Nanotoxicology in Medicine
Chapter 21. Antibody-targeted nanoparticles for cancer treatment
Chapter 22. Nanoparticle mediated combined photothermal and photodynamic therapy
Chapter 23. Nanotechnology based devices and its applications in medicine- Chapter 24. Opportunities in clinical translation and commercialization of nanomedicine. - DigitalManashjit Gogoi, Sanjukta Patra, Debasree Kundu, editors.Summary: This book examines the role of nanobiosensors in point-of-care applications for personalized healthcare and management. It begins by discussing various biomaterials that are used for the development of biosensors in medical diagnostics, and reviews advances in their fabrication and the miniaturization of biosensor devices for lab-on-chip analysis. In turn, it explores the rapidly evolving applications of nanomaterials in the context of biomaterial diagnostics. The book also explores the immense potential of biosensors in medical diagnostics, where they are increasingly being used to detect a wide range of biomolecules and biomarkers. In closing, it discusses the current challenges and outlines the future role of nanobiosensors in the development of next-generation point-of-care applications.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Point of Care biosensors for healthcare applications
Chapter 2. An overview of biomolecules used in the development of point of care sensor
Chapter 3. Nanomaterials for POC biosensors
Chapter 4. New generation molecular techniques in POC biosensors for detection of infectious diseases
Chapter 5. Point-of-Care Biosensors for Glucose Sensing
Chapter 6. Overview of Affordable Upfront Point-of-Care Testing for Cancer Detection
Chapter 7. Point-of-care Diagnostic Testing in Urgent Cardiac Care
Chapter 8. Point-of-Care Nanobiosensors for Determining Vitamin Deficiency
Chapter 9. Utility of Nanobiosensors as a Point of Care Diagnostics for Neurological Disorders: From Bench to Bedside
Chapter 10. Point-of-Care Testing and Diagnostics for Sexually Transmitted Disease
Chapter 11. Nano-Biosensor Based Microfluidic Point-Of-Care Platforms: Fabrication, Characterization, And Applications
Chapter 12. Nanobiosensor: Advancement in Disease Diagnostic. - Digitaledited by Christof M. Niemeyer and Chad A. Mirkin.Contents:
[v. 1]. Concepts, applications, and perspectives
1 . Biocompatible inorganic devices / Thomas Sawitowski
2. Microfluidics meets nano : lab-on-a-chip devices and their potential for nanobiotechnology / Holger Bartos, Friedrich Götz, and Ralf-Peter Peters
3. Microcontact printing of proteins / Emmanuel Delamarche
4. Cell-nanostructure interactions / Joachim P. Spatz
5. Defined networks of neuronal cells in vitro / Andreas Offenhäusser and Angela K. Vogt
6. S-Layers / Uwe B. Sleytr ... [et al.]
7. Engineered nanopores / Hagan Bayley ... [et al.]
8. Genetic approaches to programmed assembly / Stanley Brown
9. Microbial nanoparticle production / Murali Sastry ... [et al.]
10. Magnetosomes : nanoscale magnetic iron minerals in bacteria / Richard B. Frankel and Dennis A. Bazylinski
11. Bacteriorhodopsin and its potential in technical applications / Norbert Hampp and Dieter Oesterhelt
12. Polymer Nanocontainers / Alexandra Graff ... [et al.]
13. Biomolecular motors operating in engineered environments / Stefan Diez, Jonne H. Helenius, and Jonathon Howard
14. Nanoparticle-biomaterial hybrid systems for bioelectronic devices and circuitry / Eugenii Katz and Itamar Willner
15. DNA-protein nanostructures / Christof M. Neimeyer
16. DNA-templated electronics / Erez Braun and Uri Sivan
17. Biomimetic fabrication of DNA-based metallic nanowires and networks / Michael Mertig and Wolfgang Pompe
18. Mineralization in nanostructured biocompartments : biomimetic ferritins for high-density data storage / Eric L. Mayes and Stephen Mann
19. DNA-gold nanoparticle conjugates / C. Shad Thaxton and Chad A. Mirkin
20. DNA nanostructures for mechanics and computing : nonlinear thinking with life's central molecule / Nadrian C. Seeman
21. Nanoparticles as non-viral transfection agents / M.N.V. Ravi Kumar, Udo Bakowsky, and Claus-Michael Lehr
22. Luminescent quantum dots for biological labeling / Xiaohu Gao and Shuming Nie
23. Nanoparticle molecular labels / James F. Hainfeld, Richard D. Powell, and Gerhard W. Hacker
24. Surface biology : analysis of biomolecular structure by atomic force microscopy and molecular pulling / Emin Oroudjev, Signe Danielsen and Helen G. Hansma
25. Force spectroscopy / Markus Seitz
26. Biofunctionalized nanoparticles for surface-enhanced raman scattering and surface plasmon resonance / Mahnaz El-Kouedi and Christine D. Keating
27. Bioconjugated silica nanoparticles for bioanalytical applications / Timothy J. Drake, Xiaojun Julia Zhao, and Weihong Tan.
v. 2. More concepts and applications
Part I. Self-Assembly and Nanoparticles: Novel Principles
ch. 1. Self-Assembled Artificial Transmembrane Ion Channels / Mary S. Gin, Emily G. Schmidt and Pinaki Talukdar, p. 1-15
ch. 2. Self-Assembling Nanostructures from Coiled-Coil Peptides / Maxim G. Ryadnov and Derek N. Woolfson, p. 17-38
ch. 3. Synthesis and Assembly of Nanoparticles and Nanostructures Using Bio-Derived Templates / Erik Dujardin and Stephen Mann, p. 39-63
ch. 4. Proteins and Nanoparticles: Covalent and Noncovalent Conjugates / Rochelle R. Arvizo, Mrinmoy De and Vincent M. Rotello, p. 65-78
ch. 5. Self-Assembling DNA Nanostructures for Patterned Molecular Assembly / Thomas H. LaBean, Kurt V. Gothelf and John H. Reif, p. 79-97
ch. 6. Biocatalytic Growth of Nanoparticles for Sensors and Circuitry / Ronan Baron, Bilha Willner and Itamar Willner, p. 99-121
Part II. Nanostructures for Analytics
ch. 7. Nanoparticles for Electrochemical Bioassays / Joseph Wang, p. 123-140
ch. 8. Luminescent Semiconductor Quantum Dots in Biology / Thomas Pons, Aaron R. Clapp, Igor L. Medintz and Hedi Mattoussi, p. 141-157
ch. 9. Nanoscale Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance Biosensors / Katherine A. Willets, W. Paige Hall, Leif J. Sherry, Xiaoyu Zhang, Jing Zhao and Richard P. Van Duyne, p. 159-173
ch. 10. Cantilever Array Sensors for Bioanalysis and Diagnostics / Hans Peter Lang, Martin Hegner and Christoph Gerber, p. 175-195
ch. 11. Shear-Force-Controlled Scanning Ion Conductance Microscopy / Tilman E. Schäffer, Boris Anczykowski, Matthias Böcker and Harald Fuchs, p. 197-212
ch. 12. Label-Free Nanowire and Nanotube Biomolecular Sensors for In-Vitro Diagnosis of Cancer and other Diseases / James R. Heath, p. 213-232
ch. 13. Bionanoarrays / Rafael A. Vega, Khalid Salaita, Joseph J. Kakkassery and Chad A. Mirkin, p. 233-259
Part III. Nanostructures for Medicinal Applications --. ch. 14. Biological Barriers to Nanocarrier-Mediated Delivery of Therapeutic and Imaging Agents, p. 261-284 / Rudy Juliano
ch. 15. Organic Nanoparticles: Adapting Emerging Techniques from the Electronics Industry for the Generation of Shape-Specific, Functionalized Carriers for Applications in Nanomedicine / Larken E. Euliss, Julie A. DuPont and Joseph M. DeSimone, p. 285-303
ch. 16. Poly(amidoamine Dendrimer-Based Multifunctional Nanoparticles / Thommey P. Thomas, Rameshwer Shukla, Istvan J. Majoros, Andrzej Myc and James R. Baker, p. 305-319
ch. 17. Nanoparticle Contrast Agents for Molecular Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Young-Wook Jun, Jae-Hyun Lee and Jinwoo Cheon, p. 321-346
ch. 18. Micro- and Nanoscale Control of Cellular Environment for Tissue Engineering / Ali Khademhosseini, Yibo Ling, Jeffrey M. Karp and Robert Langer, p. 347-364
ch. 19. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Targeted Perfluorocarbon Nanoparticles / Patrick M. Winter, Shelton D. Caruthers, Gregory M. Lanza and Samuel A. Wickline, p. 365-380
Part IV. Nanomotors
ch. 20. Biological Nanomotors / Manfred Schliwa, p. 381-399
ch. 21. Biologically Inspired Hybrid Nanodevices / David Wendell, Eric Dy, Jordan Patti and Carlo D. Montemagno, p. 401-418.Digital Access - DigitalKamel A. Abd-Elsalam, Ram Prasad, editors.Summary: Nanobiotechnology Applications in Plant Protection: Volume 2 continues the important and timely discussion of nanotechnology applications in plant protection and pathology, filling a gap in the literature for nano applications in crop protection. Nanobiopesticides and nanobioformulations are examined in detail and presented as powerful alternatives for eco-friendly management of plant pathogens and nematodes. Leading scholars discuss the applications of nanobiomaterials as antimicrobials, plant growth enhancers and plant nutrition management, as well as nanodiagnostic tools in phytopathology and magnetic and supramagnetic nanostructure applications for plant protection. This second volume includes exciting new content on the roles of biologically synthesized nanoparticles in seed germination and zinc-based nanostructures in protecting against toxigenic fungi. Also included is new research in phytotoxicity, nano-scale fertilizers and nanomaterial applications in nematology and discussions on Botyris grey mold and nanobiocontrol. This book also explores the potential effects on the environment, ecosystems and consumers and addresses the implications of intellectual property for nanobiopesticides. Further discussed are nanotoxicity effects on the plant ecosystem and nano-applications for the detection, degradation and removal of pesticides.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Intellectual Property Rights in Nano-biopesticides; 1.1 Nano-biopesticides-An Overview; 1.2 Intellectual Property Rights-Where Does IPR Meet Nano-biopesticides; 1.3 Introduction to IPR Tools (WIPO and WTO); 1.4 Patenting Trends in Nano-biopesticides; 1.5 Mitigating Potential Risks; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Application of Nanomaterials in Plant Disease Diagnosis and Management; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Application of Nanomaterials in the Detection and Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 2.3 Application of Nanoparticles and Nanomaterials in Plant Disease Management2.3.1 Effect of Nanoparticles on Plant Pathogenic Fungi; 2.3.1.1 Silver Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.2 Zinc Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.3 Sulfur Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.4 Copper Nanoparticles; 2.3.2 Effect of Nanoparticles on Bacteria; 2.3.2.1 Silver Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.2 Zinc Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.3 Copper Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.4 Other Nanoparticles; 2.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Bio-Engineered Nanomaterials for Plant Growth Promotion and Protection; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Nano-Biotechnology; 3.1.2 Nano-Nutrition 3.2 Green Nanoparticles for Plant Growth Promotion and Protection3.2.1 Effect of Nano-carbon on Plant Growth Promotion and Protection; 3.2.1.1 Effect of Fullerene; 3.2.1.2 Effects of Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes (SWCNTs) and Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNTS); 3.3 Metal Nanoparticles; 3.3.1 Cu and CuO Nanoparticles; 3.3.2 ZnO Nanoparticles; 3.3.3 TiO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.4 Silver Nanoparticles; 3.3.5 CeO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.6 SiO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.7 Gold Nanoparticles; 3.3.8 Iron Oxide Nanoparticles; 3.4 Conclusions; References
Chapter 4: Zinc-Based Nanostructures in Plant Protection Applications4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Applications; 4.2.1 Pesticides; 4.2.2 Insecticides; 4.2.3 Postharvest Applications; 4.2.4 Zinc-Based Nanomaterials Against Plant Pathogens; 4.2.5 Positive Effects of Zn NPs on Plant Growth; 4.2.6 Negative Effects of Zn NPs on Plant Growth; 4.2.7 Fertilizers; 4.2.8 Pesticide Nanosensing and Photocatalytic Degradation; 4.2.9 Effect of ZnO NPs on Soil Microbial Activity; 4.3 Microbial Mechanism; 4.4 Phytotoxicity; 4.5 Conclusion; References
Chapter 5: Botrytis Gray Mold Nano- or Biocontrol: Present Status and Future Prospects5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Synthetic Fungicides; 5.2.1 Prospects Concerning Synthetic Fungicide Application; 5.2.2 Fungicide Resistance; 5.3 Nanofungicides; 5.3.1 Potential Implications of Nanofungicides; 5.4 Biofungicides; 5.4.1 Application of Biopolymers as Biofungicides; 5.4.2 Essential Oils as Potential Biofungicides; 5.4.3 Plant Extracts; 5.4.4 Biocontrol Agents; 5.4.4.1 Trichoderma Species; 5.4.4.2 Bacillus Species; 5.4.4.3 Yeasts as Potential Antagonists; 5.4.4.4 Phytochemicals and Antioxidants - DigitalKhalid Rehman Hakeem, Tanveer Bilal Pirzadah, editors.Summary: Agriculture is considered as a backbone of developing nations as it caters the needs of the people, directly or indirectly. The global agriculture currently faces enormous challenges like land degradation and reduced soil fertility, shrinking of land, low production yield, water accessibility and a dearth of labor due to evacuation of individuals from farming. Besides, the global population increases at an exponential rate and it is predicted that the global population will be 9 billion by 2050 that in turn leads to food crisis in near future. Although, green revolution revolutionizes the agriculture sector by enhancing the yield but it was not considered as a sustainable approach. Exorbitant use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides to boost the crop yield is definitely not a convenient approach for agriculture sustainability in the light of the fact that these chemical fertilizers are considered as double-edged sword, which on one hand enhance the crop yield but at the same time possess deleterious effect on the soil microflora and thus declines its fertility. Besides, it cause irreversible damage to the soil texture and disrupts the equilibrium in the food chain across ecosystem, which might in turn lead to genetic mutations in future generations of consumers. Thus, the increased dependence on fabricated agricultural additives during and post green revolution has generated serious issues pertaining to sustainability, environmental impact and health hazards. Therefore, nano-biotechnology has emerged as a promising tool to tackle the above problems especially in the agriculture sector. Nano-agribusiness is an emerged field to enhance crop yield, rejuvenate soil health, provide precision farming and stimulate plant growth. Nano-biotechnology is an essential tool in modern agriculture and is considered as a primary economic driver in near future. It is evaluated that joining of cutting edge nanotechnology in agribusiness would push the worldwide monetary development to approximately US$ 3.4 trillion by 2020 which clearly indicates that how agri-nanobiotechnology plays a pivotal role in the agricultural sector, without any negative impact on the environment and other regulatory issues of biosafety. Agri-nanobiotechnology is an innovative green technology, which provides the solution to global food security, sustainability and climate change. The current book is presenting the role of nano-biotechnology in modern agriculture and how it plays a pivotal role to boost the agri-business.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Nanotechnology: An Overview
1 Introduction
2 Categorization of Nano-agrochemicals
2.1 Nano-fertilizers
Nano-composite Polymers
2.2 Nano-biosensors
2.3 Nano-clays
2.4 Nano-pesticides
Formulations Aiming to Increase the Solubility of Poorly Water-Soluble Compounds
3 Formulations Aimed for Controlled/Targeted Release and/or Protect Active Ingredients Against Premature Degradation
3.1 Polymer-Based Formulations
3.2 Porous Hollow Silica Nanoparticles
3.3 Nano-metals 13 Conclusions
References
Nano-enabled Agriculture Can Sustain "Farm to Fork" Chain
1 Introduction
2 Disease Management Through Nanotechnology
2.1 Nanobarcodes
2.2 Nanosensors
3 Enhanced Food Safety Through Sensors for the Detection of Pathogens or Freshness
3.1 Freshness and Spoilage Indicators
4 Nanotechnology in Enhancing Soil Security
5 Important Nanoparticles in the Agro-Industry
5.1 Chitosan Nanoparticles (CNP)
5.2 TiO2 Nanoparticles
5.3 Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNTs) Nanoparticles
5.4 Silicon Nanoparticles
5.5 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles 4 Nano-agrochemicals Versus Conventional Agrochemicals
4.1 Solubility and Dispersion of Mineral Micro-nutrients
4.2 Nutrient Uptake Efficiency
4.3 Controlled Release Modes
4.4 Effective Duration of Nutrient Release
4.5 Loss Rate of Fertilizer Nutrients
5 Conclusion and Future Perspective
References
Nanotechnology: A Boost for the Urgently Needed Second Green Revolution in Indian Agriculture
1 Introduction
2 Applications of Nanotechnology and Nanomaterials in Agriculture and Food Sector
3 Nanotechnology and Agriculture Sector 4 Smart Delivery Systems for Pests, Nutrients, and Plant Hormones
5 Nano-formulations for the Control of Plant Diseases
5.1 Nanotechnology for Detecting Plant Diseases
6 Plant Pathogens in Biosynthesis of Nanoparticles
6.1 Fungi
6.2 Bacteria
6.3 Plant Virus
7 Amalgamation of Nanotechnology and Crop Biotechnology
8 Nanoparticles and Recycling Agricultural Waste
9 Nanotechnology in Food Sector
10 Risk Assessment of Nanomaterials in Agriculture and Food Sector
11 Socio-Economic Issues of Agricultural Nanotechnology
12 Current and Future Developments 6 Plant Induced Resistance Through Nanoparticles
7 Engineered Water Nanostructures to Treat Food Surfaces to Reduce Pathogen Presence
8 Therapeutic Nanoparticles Deliver Nutrients to Agricultural Crops Against Various Deficiencies
9 Genetic Material Delivery via Nanoparticle-Mediated Chloroplast Transgene Delivery
10 Conclusion and Perspective
References
Role of Nanotechnology in Crop Improvement
1 Introduction
2 Agro-Nanotechnology and Crop Improvement
3 Role of Nanotechnology for Enhancement of Plant Biomass and Yield ProductionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRam Prasad, Vivek Kumar, Manoj Kumar, Devendra Choudhary, editors.Summary: With the recent shift of chemical fertilizers and pesticides to organic agriculture, the employment of microbes that perform significant beneficial functions for plants has been highlighted. This book presents timely discussion and coverage on the use of microbial formulations, which range from powdered or charcoal-based to solution and secondary metabolite-based bioformulations. Bioformulation development of biofertilizers and biopesticides coupled with the advantages of nanobiotechnology propose significant applications in the agricultural section including nanobiosensors, nanoherbicides, and smart transport systems for the regulated release of agrochemical. Moreover, the formulation of secondary metabolites against individual phytopathogens could be used irrespective of geographical positions with higher disease incidences. The prospective advantages and uses of nanobiotechnology generate tremendous interest, as it could augment production of agricultural produce while being cost-effective both energetically and economically. This bioformulation approach is incomparable to existing technology, as the bioformulation would explicitly target the particular pathogen without harming the natural microbiome of the ecosystem. Nanobiotechnology in Bioformulations covers the constraints associated with large-scale development and commercialization of bioinoculant formations. Furthermore, exclusive emphasis is be placed on next-generation efficient bioinoculants having secondary metabolite formulations with longer shelf life and advanced competence against several phytopathogens. Valuable chapters deal with bioformulation strategies that use divergent groups of the microbiome and include detailed diagrammatic and pictorial representation. This book will be highly beneficial for both experts and novices in the fields of microbial bioformulation, nanotechnology, and nano-microbiotechnology. It discusses the prevailing status and applications available for microbial researchers and scientists, agronomists, students, environmentalists, agriculturists, and agribusiness professionals, as well as to anyone devoted to sustaining the ecosystem.
Contents:
Preface
1. Application of novel bio-formulation of microbes for biocontrol agent
2. Nano analysis of drugs and agrochemicals in environmental samples
3. Stimuli responsive nanoparticles for drug delivery applications
4. Green synthesis approaches of nanoagroparticles
5. Herbonanoceutical: Novel beginning in drug discovery and therapeutics
6. Functionalization of nanoparticles as microbial control
7. Recent developments on antimicrobial nanocomposites for improving indoor air quality
8. An insight into nano-biofertilizers for sustainable agriculture
9. Nanotechnology: A successful approach to improve nutraceutical bioavailability
10. Nano-based pesticides: challenges for pest Management
11. Application of Nanotechnology in Plant Protection by Phytopathogens: Present and future prospects
12. Nanotechnology in Nutraceuticals Delivery and Bioavailability
13. Metallic nanoparticles and nanoformulations: as nanofungicides for sustainable disease management in plants
14. Interaction of microorganisms with nanomaterials as a basis for creating high-efficiency biotechnological preparations
15. Bio-based Nanoemulsion Formulations Applicable in Agriculture, Medicine, and Food Protection
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMahendra Rai, Alka Yadav, editors.Summary: This book focuses on neurodegenerative diseases which have become a major threat to human health. Neurodegenerative diseases are age related disorders and have become increasingly prevalent in the elderly population in recent years. Hence, there is an urgent need to study and develop new strategies and alternative methods for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. This book showcases the promises that nanobiotechnology brings in research, diagnosis, and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. It is very beneficial for varied group of readers including nanotechnologists, biotechnologists, pharmacists, medical professionals, bioengineers, biochemists and researchers working in this field. Nanobiotechnology in Neurodegenerative Diseases include various chapters including neurodegeneration and neurodegenerative diseases, nanotechnology for the rescue of neurodegenerative diseases, promising potential of nanomaterials for diagnosis and therapy of neurodegenerative diseases, nanotechnology mediated nose-to-brain drug delivery, and formulation and characterization of intranasal nanoparticles of antiretroviral drugs.
Contents:
Neurodegenerative Diseases: The Real Problem and Nanobiotechnological Solutions
Nanotechnology at the Rescue of Neurodegenerative Diseases: Tools for Early Diagnostic
The Role of Nanomedicine in treatment for Neurodegenerative disorders
Nanobiotechnology in Neurodegenerative Diseases
Application of Mycogenic Nanoparticles against Neurodegenerative diseases
Nanotechnology-mediated nose to brain drug delivery for neurodegenerative disorders
Nanobiotechnology in Parkinson's disease
Selenium nanoparticles as therapeutic agents in Neurodegenerative diseases
Role of Supermagnetic nanoparticles in Alzheimer, s disease
Nanomedicines for improved antiretroviral therapy in Neuro-AIDS
Nanocarrier mediated drug delivery systems for neurodegenerative diseases
Gold nanoparticles in diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease
Nano-Lipidic Carriers as Potential Drug Delivery Vehicles in Alzheimer's Disease
Curcumin and its nanoformulations as therapeutic for Alzheimer's disease
Nanopharmaceuticals for the Improved Treatment of Cerebral Stroke. - DigitalSumera Javad, Ayesha Butt, editors.Summary: This work synthesizes research and practical work, including various techniques and applications of botany and nanoparticles, including enzymology, pharmaceuticals, phenolics, antioxidants, metal particles, synthesis of nanoparticles by plants and microbes, and more. The text discusses the latest research as well as key sources of information condensed from other scholars across the globe, providing a comprehensive resource for scholars working in nanobotany, as well as chemists and researchers in the pharmaceutical industry.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; List of Figures; List of Plates; List of Tables;
Chapter 1: Plants and Nanoworld: an Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Plant Metabolites; 1.3 Classes and Number of Secondary Metabolites; 1.4 Terpenoids; 1.4.1 Mono and Sesqui-terpenoids, and Phenylpropanoids; 1.4.2 Diterpenoids; 1.4.3 Functions; 1.4.4 Plant Families Rich in Terpenoids; 1.5 Alkaloids; 1.5.1 Families Rich in Alkaloids; 1.6 Phenolic Compounds; 1.6.1 Flavonoids; 1.6.2 Flavones; 1.6.2.1 Flavan-3-ols; 1.6.2.2 Isoflavones; 1.6.2.3 Plant Families Rich in Phenolic Compounds; 1.7 Tannins. 1.7.1 Plant Families Rich in Tannins1.8 Glycosides; 1.8.1 Categories of Glycosides; 1.8.2 Families Rich in Glycosides; 1.9 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Advanced Concept of Green Synthesis of Metallic Nanoparticles by Reducing Phytochemicals; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Role of Phytochemicals in Nanoparticles Synthesis; 2.3 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Plant Parts and Whole Plant; 2.4 Reproducibility of Nanoparticles; 2.5 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Phytochemicals/Plant Metabolites; 2.5.1 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Terpenoids; 2.5.2 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Flavonoids. 2.5.3 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Sugars2.5.4 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Proteins; 2.6 Mechanism of Metallic Nanoparticles Synthesis; 2.7 Potential Plants (Phytochemicals) for Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 2.8 Conclusion; 2.9 Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 3: Classification of Green Nanoparticles; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Green Nanotechnology; 3.3 Plants and Green Nanotechnology; 3.4 Green Nanoparticles; 3.5 Nanoparticles Composition; 3.6 Basic Approaches for Nanoparticles Synthesis; 3.7 Methods for the Green Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 3.7.1 Chemical Synthesis of Nanoparticles. 3.8 Types of Nanoparticles3.9 Benefits of Green Synthesis Over the Chemical Synthesis; 3.10 Gold Nanoparticles; 3.11 Silver Nanoparticles; 3.12 Copper Nanoparticles; 3.13 Iron Nanoparticles; 3.14 Palladium Nanoparticles; 3.15 Platinum Nanoparticles; 3.16 Selenium Nanoparticles; 3.17 Titanium Nanoparticles; 3.18 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles; 3.19 Applications of Green Nanoparticles; 3.20 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Nanofibers and Nanowires; 4.1 Fundamentals of Nanomaterials; 4.2 Introduction to Nano Fibers and Nanowires; 4.3 One-Dimensional Nanomaterials; 4.4 Types of Nanowires. 4.5 Properties of Nanofibers and Nanowires4.5.1 Mechanical Properties; 4.5.2 Optical Properties; 4.5.3 Electrical Properties; 4.6 Nano Fibers and Nanowires Synthesis Techniques; 4.6.1 Template Based Growth; 4.6.2 Phase Separation; 4.6.3 Self-Assembly; 4.6.4 Electrospinning; 4.6.5 Template-Free (Interfacial Polymerization); 4.6.6 Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) Growth; 4.6.7 Hydrothermal Synthesis; 4.6.8 Sol-Gel Synthesis; 4.7 Applications of Nanofibers; 4.7.1 Carbon Nanotubes; 4.7.2 Difference in Carbon Nanotubes and Nanofibers; 4.7.3 Biological and Chemical Application of Nanofibers/Wires. - Digitaledited by Sabine Szunerits, Rabah Boukherroub, Alison Downard, Jun-Jie Zhu.Contents:
1. Electroanalysis with carbon film-based electrodes
2. Carbon nanofibers for electroanalysis
3. Carbon nanomaterials for neuroanalytical chemistry
4. Carbon and graphene dots for electrochemical sensing
5. Electroanalytical applications of graphene
6. Graphene/gold nanoparticles for electrochemical sensing
7. Recent advances in electrochemical biosensors based on Fullerene-C60 nano-structured platforms
8. Micro- and nano-structured diamond in electrochemistry: fabrication and application
9. Electroanalysis with C₃N₄ and SiC nanostructures.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Mohamad Jawaid and Faruq Mohammad.Summary: This first book on nanocellulose and nanohydrogels for biomedical applications is unique in discussing recent advancements in the field, resulting in a comprehensive, well-structured overview of nanocellulose and nanohydrogel materials based nanocomposites. The book covers different types of nanocellulose materials and their recent developments in the drug delivery and nanomedicine sector, along with synthesis, characterization, as well as applications in the biotechnological and biomedical fields. The book also covers the current status and future perspectives of bacterial cellulose and polyester hydrogel matrices, their preparation, characterization, and tissue engineering applications of water soluble hydrogel matrices obtained from biodegradable sources. In addition, the chitosan-based hydrogel and nanogel matrices, their involvement in the current biofabrication technologies, and influencing factors towards the biomedical sector of biosensors, biopharmaceuticals, tissue engineering appliances, implant materials, diagnostic probes and surgical aids are very well documented. Further, the history of cellulose-based and conducting polymer-based nanohydrogels, their classification, synthesis methods and applicability to different sectors, the challenges associated with their use, recent advances on the inhibitors of apoptosis proteins are also included. The recent developments and applications in the drug delivery sector gives an overview of facts about the nanofibrillated cellulose and copoly(amino acid) hydrogel matrices in the biotechnology and biomedicine field. This book serves as an essential reference for researchers and academics in chemistry, pharmacy, microbiology, materials science and biomedical engineering.
Contents:
Application of Nanocellulose for Controlled Drug Delivery / Lalduhsanga Pachuau
Bacterial Cellulose and Polyester Hydrogel Matrices in Biotechnology and Biomedicine: Current Status and Future Prospects / Rajnikant Borkar, Sanghratna S Waghmare, Tanvir Arfin
Bacterial Nanocellulose Applications for Tissue Engineering / Muhammed Lamin Sanyang, Naheed Saba, Mohammad Jawaid, Faruq Mohammad, Mohd Sapuan Salit
Cellulose-Based Nanohydrogels for Tissue Engineering Applications / Kalyani Prusty, Sarat K Swain
Chitosan-Mediated Layer-by-Layer Assembling Approach for the Fabrication of Biomedical Probes and Advancement of Nanomedicine / Faruq Mohammad, Hamad A Al-Lohedan
Hydrogels Based on Nanocellulose and Chitosan: Preparation, Characterization, and Properties / Meriem Fardioui, Abou Qaiss, Rachid Bouhfid
Cellulose Nanocrystals and PEO/PET Hydrogel Material in Biotechnology and Biomedicine: Current Status and Future Prospects / Shoeb Athar, Rani Bushra, Tanvir Arfin
Conducting Polymer Hydrogels: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications for Biosensors / Yu Zhao
Nanocellulose and Nanogels as Modern Drug Delivery Systems / Misu Moscovici1, Cristina Hlevca2, Angela Casarica1, Ramona-Daniela Pavaloiu2
Recent Advances on Inhibitors of Apoptosis Proteins (IAP) Particularly with Reference to Patents / Riyaz Syed, Prema L Mallipeddi, Syed Mohammed Ali Hussaini, Rahul V Patel, A Prasanth Saraswati, Ahmed Kamal
Nanohydrogels: History, Development, and Applications in Drug Delivery / Muhammad Akram, Rafaqat Hussain
Nanofibrillated Cellulose and Copoly(amino acid) Hydrogel Matrices in Biotechnology and Biomedicine / Azhar U Khan, Nazia Malik, Tanvir Arfin. - Digitaledited by Robert Puers, Livio Baldi, Marcel Van de Voorde, and Sebastiaan E. van Nooten.Contents:
Fundamentals on Nanoelectronics. A Brief History of the Semiconductor Industry / Paolo A Gargini
More-than-Moore Technologies and Applications / Joachim Pelka, Livio Baldi
Logic Devices Challenges and Opportunities in the Nano Era / Frédéric Boeuf
Memory Technologies / Barbara De Salvo, Livio Baldi
Devices in the Nano Era. Beyond-CMOS Low-Power Devices: Steep-Slope Switches for Computation and Sensing / Adrian M Ionescu
RF CMOS / Patrick Reynaert, Wouter Steyaert, Marco Vigilante
Smart Power Devices Nanotechnology / Gaudenzio Meneghesso, Peter Moens, Mikael Östling, Jan Sonsky, Steve Stoffels
Integrated Sensors and Actuators: Their Nano-Enabled Evolution into the Twenty-First Century / Frederik Ceyssens, Robert Puers
Advanced Materials and Materials Combinations. Silicon Wafers as a Foundation for Growth / Peter Stallhofer
Nanoanalysis / Narciso Gambacorti
Semiconductor Smart Manufacturing. Front-End Processes / Marcello Mariani, Nicolas Possémé
Lithography for Nanoelectronics / Kurt Ronse
Reliability of Nanoelectronic Devices / Anthony S Oates, KP Cheung
Circuit Design in Emerging Nanotechnologies. Logic Synthesis of CMOS Circuits and Beyond / Enrico Macii, Andrea Calimera, Alberto Macii, Massimo Poncino
System Design in the Cyber-Physical Era / Pierluigi Nuzzo, Alberto Sangiovanni-Vincentelli
Heterogeneous Systems / Daniel Lapadatu
Nanotechnologies Testing / Ernesto Sanchez, Matteo Sonza Reorda
Nanoelectronics-Enabled Sectors and Societal Challenges. Industrial Applications / L Baldi, M Van de Voorde
Health / Walter De Raedt, Chris Van Hoof
Smart Energy / Moritz Loske
Validation of Highly Automated Safe and Secure Vehicles / Michael Paulweber
Nanotechnology for Consumer Electronics / Hannah M Gramling, Michail E Kiziroglou, Eric M Yeatman
From Device to Systems. Nanoelectronics for Smart Cities / Joachim Pelka
Industrialization: Economics/Markets
Business Values
European Visions
Technology Renewal and Extended Functionality. Europe Positioning in Nanoelectronics / Andreas Wild
Thirty Years of Cooperative Research and Innovation in Europe: The Case for Micro- and Nanoelectronics and Smart Systems Integration / Dirk Beernaert, Eric Fribourg-Blanc
The Education Challenge in Nanoelectronics / Susanna M Thon, Sean L Evans, Annastasiah Mudiwa Mhaka
Conclusions / Robert Puers, Livio Baldi, Marcel Van de Voorde. - DigitalMirjana Maksimović, Enisa Omanović-Mikličanin, Almir Badnjević.Summary: This book assesses the current challenges and opportunities for the next generation of agriculture and food science. Examining the role of nanotechnology and the application of related tools and techniques to transform the future of food, it also discusses in detail nanotechnology in food production, processing and packaging, as well as the benefits of and concerns regarding nanofoods (nanotoxicity and food forensics). Considering the potential of IoT to revolutionize agriculture and the food industry by radically reducing costs and improving productivity and profits, the book highlights the necessity of integrating IoT and nanotechnology into the next generation of agriculture and food science. Further, it presents a detailed analysis of IoNT implementation, together with the goals that have to be met in order to achieve significant improvements in the agri-food sector. In addition it explores a range of challenges, risks, and concerns that have a direct or indirect impact on nanotechnology and IoNT implementation in agriculture and the food industry. In closing, it discusses the use of green nanotechnology and green IoNT in order to create smart, safe, and sustainable agriculture and healthy food.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 What Food Do We Want to Eat? Is Nanofood Food of Our Future?; References; 2 How Technology Can Help?; 2.1 Wireless Sensor Network (WSN); 2.2 Internet of Things (IoT); 2.3 Nanotechnology; 2.3.1 Internet of Nano Things (IoNT); 2.4 The Role of Nanotechnology and IoNT in Agriculture and Food Sector; 2.4.1 Nanofood; 2.4.2 Plant Production and Protection; 2.4.3 Animal Production; 2.4.4 Food Processing; 2.4.5 Food Packaging; 2.4.6 Food Transportation; 2.4.7 Food Traceability; References; 3 Is Nanofood Safe?; 3.1 Food Forensic 3.1.1 Historical Development of Food Adulteration3.1.2 Food Fraud; 3.1.3 Methods Used in Food Forensics; 3.2 Nanotoxicology; 3.2.1 Environmental Related Nano-Hazards; 3.2.2 Human Health-Related Nano-Hazards; 3.2.3 Risk Assessment and Risk Management; 3.3 Regulatory Issues of Nanotechnology Use in the Agri-Food Industry; 3.3.1 Challenges for Regulating Nanotechnology Utilization in Agriculture and Food Sector; 3.4 Risks and Challenges of IoNT Applications in Agriculture and Food Industry; References; 4 Solution?; 4.1 Green Nanotechnology; 4.1.1 Green Synthesis of Nanomaterials 4.1.2 The Applications of Green Synthesized Nanomaterials4.1.3 Risk Assessment and Risk Management; 4.1.4 Regulatory Issues; 4.2 Green IoNT; 4.3 Solutions for IoNT Risks; References; 5 Conclusion - Digital/PrintDavid G. Capco, Yongsheng Chen, editors.Contents:
Presence in, and release of, nanomaterials from consumer products / Yu Yang and Paul Westerhoff
Nanoparticle aggregation: principles and modeling / Wen Zhang
Influences of nanomaterials on the barrier function of epithelial cells / Shariq Ali and Erik Rytting
Engineered nanoparticles induced brush border disruption in a human model of the intestinal epithelium / James J. Faust, Benjamin M. Masserano, Adam H. Mielke, Anup Abraham, and David G. Capco
Nanoparticles: cellular uptake and cytotoxicity / Isaac M. Adjei, Blanka Sharma and Vinod Labhasetwar
Atomic force microscopy study of the interaction of DNA and nanoparticles / Kungang LI, Songyan Du, Steven Van Ginkel, and Yongsheng Chen
Intracellular signal modulation by nanomaterials / Salik Hussain, Stavros Garantziotis, Fernando Rodrigues-Lima, Jean-Marie Dupret, Armelle Baeza-Squiban, Sonja Boland
Nanomaterials: impacts on cells and cell organelles / Željka Krpetić, Sergio Anguissola, David Garry, Philip Kelly and Kenneth A. Dawson
Design, synthesis, and functionalization of nanoparticles for therapeutic drug delivery / Taraka Sai Pavan Grandhi and Kaushal Rege
Preparation of nanoscale pulmonary drug delivery formulations by spray drying / Adam Bohr, Christian A. Ruge, and Moritz Beck-Broichsitter
Nanomedicine: the promise and challenges in cancer chemotherapy / Youssef W. Naguib and Zhengrong Cui
Transgenerational effects of NMs / Anna Poma, Sabrina Colafarina, Gabriella Fontecchio, and Giuseppe Chichiricco
Stem cells and nanomaterials / Maria-Claude Hofmann.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAmitabha Acharya, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the recent advances in nanomaterial-based molecular imaging, diagnostics, and personalized therapy. It discusses the novel biocompatible fluorescent nanomaterials, their synthesis, and modern state of art characterization, as well as the various strategies for immobilization of biomacromolecules on the nanomaterial surface and approaches for increasing their stability. In addition, the book describes the synthesis of lectin nanoconjugates using different types of biocompatible raw materials and their systematic characterization. Lastly, it presents our current understanding of the biomolecular carona, which affects nanoparticle-based targeted drug delivery, and examines the conceptual approaches to improve the in-vivo efficacy of targeted drug delivery.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Nanomaterials: From research to personalized medicine
Chapter 2. Introduction to molecular imaging, diagnostics and therapy
Chapter 3. Biocompatible fluorescent nanomaterials for molecular imaging applications
Chapter 4. Nanomaterials for Point of Care Disease Detection
Chapter 5. Biomolecules immobilized nanomaterials and their biological applications
Chapter 6. Lectin nanoconjugates for targeted therapeutic applications
Chapter 7. Plant Based Polymeric Nanomaterials for Biomedical Applications
Chapter 8. Nanomaterials at the biological interphase: Protein corona formation and infusion
Chapter 9. Critical overview of the subject: Current scenario and future prospects.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalNilesh Sharma, Shivendra Sahi, editors.Summary: The range of nanomaterial applications has expanded recently from catalysis, electronics, and filtration to therapeutics, diagnostics, agriculture, and food because of the unique properties and potentials of different nanoparticles and nanomaterials. Research shows that these exquisite particles can interact with an organism at the cellular, physiological, biochemical, and molecular levels. Our knowledge, however, of how they affect these changes, selectively or generally, in diverse organisms or ecosystems is very limited and far from satisfactory. Data indicate that the biological function largely depends on the shape, size, and surface characteristics of the nanoparticles used along with life cycle stages of an organism. This book focuses on the body of work carried out by distinguished investigators using diverse nanomaterials in both plant and animal species. It includes specific case studies as well as general reviews highlighting aspects of multilayered interactions. This volume provides a comprehensive resource for academic scholars, as well as for researchers in the concerned industries and policy makers.
Contents:
Application of Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles in Consumer Products Raises Human Health Concerns: Lessons from Murine Models of Toxicity
Zebrafish Models of Nanotoxicity: A Comprehensive Account
Caenorhabditis elegans: A Unique Animal Model to Study Soil-Nanoparticles-Organism Interactions
Response to Engineered Nanomaterials in Arabidopsis thaliana, a Model Plant
Metal Oxide Nanoparticle Toxicity in Aquatic Organisms: An Overview of Methods and Mechanisms
Responses of Terrestrial Plants to Metallic Nanomaterial Exposure: Mechanistic Insights, Emerging Technologies, and New Research Avenues
Cerium and Titanium Oxide Nanoparticles Increase Algal Growth and Nutrient Accumulation in Rice Paddy Environments
Application of Metal Oxide Nanomaterials in Agriculture: Benefit or Bane?
The Role of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles in Plants: A Critical Appraisal
Fate and Effects of Engineered Nanomaterials in Agricultural Systems
Interaction of Food-Grade Nanotitania with Human and Mammalian Cell Lines Derived from GI Tract, Liver, Kidney, Lung, Brain, and Heart
Green Engineering of Silver Nanoparticles Using Leucas aspera Extract: Cytotoxic Efficacy in HeLa Cell Line
Nanoparticles-Mediated Interventions to Prevent Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) Entry into Susceptible Hosts
Nanoparticle Biosynthesis and Interaction with the Microbial Cell, Antimicrobial and Antibiofilm Effects, and Environmental Impact
The Chemistry behind Nanotoxicological Processes in Living Systems
Nanomaterial Interaction and Cellular Damage: Involvement of Various Signalling Pathways. - Digitaleditors, Mahendra Rai and Jayanta Kumar Biswas.Summary: The environment is prone to suffer pollution and toxic insult from generations of nanomaterials as well from accidental releases during production, transportation, and disposal operations. The NMs could interact with and cause adverse biological effects at cellular, subcellular, and molecular levels. Assessing potential environmental/ecological risks requires quality information on transport and fate of nanoparticles in the environment, exposures and vulnerabilities of organisms to the nanomaterials and standard methods for assessing toxicity for aquatic or terrestrial organisms and human health. The systematic risk characterization and evaluation of the safety of nanomaterials require a multidisciplinary approach and convergence of knowledge and efforts from researchers and experts from toxicology, biotechnology, materials science, chemistry, physics, engineering, and other branches of life sciences. Although studies are beginning to appear in the literature addressing the toxicity of various nanomaterials and their potential for exposure, at this stage definitive statements regarding the impacts of nanomaterials on human health and the environment remain sketchy requiring an increased level of precautions with regard to nanomaterials, as has happened with other emerging contaminants and technologies (e.g., biotechnology). The need for an increased level of understanding the perception of risk and of benefits will vary and is likely to influence public, regulatory, and non-governmental activities regarding risk and benefit evaluations. Systematic identification and assessment of the risks posed by any new technology are essential. A prudent, integrated, and holistic approach is required to develop best practices based on the scientific understanding about what we know and what we don?t know but need to know. Nanomaterials addresses key issues of ecotoxicological actions and effects of nanomaterials on life and environment, their threats, vulnerability, risks, and public perception. The readers learn to read bad news objectively and think about and search for ecological green solutions to current environmental and ecological problems with blue, grey, brown, and red shades for building a sustainable ecosystem. It shows how this molecular terrain is a common ground for interdisciplinary research and education that will be an essential component of science, engineering and technology in the future. The book is divided into three sections. Section I includes general topics related to ecotoxicity of nanomaterials to microbes, plants, human and environment. Section 2 incorporates risks generated by the use of nanomaterials. Section 3 discusss safety issues and the public.
Contents:
PART 1-GENERAL Ecotoxicology Issues with Nanomaterials
Nanomaterials: What are they, why they cause ecotoxicity, and how this can be dealt with?
Nano-bio interactions and ecotoxicity: Plenty of room at the bottom but tyranny at the top
Chemical Structure and toxicity of Nanomaterials used in Food and Food Products
Toxicity and Safety Evaluation of Nanoclays
Toxicity of nanoparticles on soil mycoflora
Ecotoxicity of nanometals: The problems and solutions
Electrochemical assessment of the interaction and toxicity of carbon nanomaterials on microbial living cells
Nanotoxicity in Plant Systems
Nanotoxicity of lipid based nanomedicines
Toxicity of Silver and zinc Nanoparticles in an aquatic environment
PART 2-RISKS
Carbon nanomaterials
Potential risks to human health and the environment
Nanoparticles emitted by biomass burning: Characterization and monitoring of risk
Unintentionally produced nanomaterials and different aspects related to their risks
PART 3 SAFETY ISSUES AND PUBLIC PERCEPTION
Nanotechnological regulations in Brazil
Nanohazards and safety challenges
Regulatory Framework for Nano-materials in Agri-Food Systems. - DigitalIndu Bhushan, Vivek Kumar Singh, Durgesh Kumar Tripathi, editors.Summary: Nanotechnology is considered as one of the emerging fields of science. It has applications in different biological and technological fields which deal with the science of materials at nanoscale (10-9). On the other hand, biotechnology is another field that deals with contemporary challenges. Nanobiotechnology fills the gap between these two fields. It merges physical, chemical, and biological principles in a single realm. This combination opens up new possibilities. At nanoscale dimensions, it creates precise nanocrystals and nanoshells. Integrated nanomaterials are used with modified surface layers for compatibility with living systems, improved dissolution in water, or biorecognition leading to enhanced end results in biotechnological systems. These nanoparticles can also be hybridized with additional biocompatible substances in order to amend their qualities to inculcate novel utilities. Nanobiotechnology is used in bioconjugate chemistry by coalescing up the functionality of non-organically obtained molecular components and biological molecules in order to veil the immunogenic moieties for targeted drug delivery, bioimaging and biosensing. This book blends the science of biology, medicine, bioinorganic chemistry, bioorganic chemistry, material and physical sciences, biomedical engineering, electrical, mechanical, and chemical science to present a comprehensive range of advancements. The development of nano-based materials has made for a greater understanding of their characterization, using techniques such as transmission electron microscope, FTIR, X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscope EDX, and so on. This volume also highlights uses in environmental remediation, environmental biosensors and environmental protection. It also emphasizes the significance of nanobiotechnology to a series of medical applications viz., diagnostics, and therapeutics stem cell technology, tissue engineering enzyme engineering, drug development and delivery. In addition this book also offers a distinctive understanding of nanobiotechnology from researchers and educators and gives a comprehensive facility for future developments and current applications of nanobiotechnology.
Contents:
Preface
Nanoparticles and Plant Interaction with Respect to Stress Response
Nanoencapsulation technology: Boon to food packaging industries
Ecotoxicity of Metallic Nanoparticles and Possible Strategies for Risk Assessment
Tripartite Interaction among Nanoparticles, Symbiotic Microbes and Plants; Current Scenario and Future Perspectives
Effect of nanoparticles on plant growth and physiology and soil microbes
Recent Trends and Advancement towards Phyto-Mediated Fabrication of Noble Metallic Nanomaterials: Focus on Silver, Gold, Platinum and Palladium
Development of environmental biosensors for detection, monitoring and assessment
Nano-based materials and their synthesis
Nano based composites and their synthesis
Appraisal of chitosan-based nanomaterials in enzyme immobilization and probiotics encapsulation
Nano based drug delivery tools for personalized nanomedicine
Nano-technology as Potential and Innovative Platform towards Waste Water Treatment: An Overview
Solid lipid nanoparticles
Nanotechnology Applications and Synthesis of Graphene as nanomaterial for nanoelectronics
Efficiency enhancement of renewable energy systems using nanotechnology
Waste Water and Industrial Effluent Treatment by using Nanotechnology
Biomolecular and cellular manipulation and detection (Nanofluidics, Micro- and Nanotechnologies in Integrative Biology)
Bio-based Nano-lubricants for Sustainable Manufacturing
Nano materials used for delivery of bioactive
Efficacy of nano-phytochemicals over pure phytochemicals against various cancers: Current trends and future prospects
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Valerio Voliani.Summary: Nanomaterials have the potential to shift the paradigm for the diagnosis and treatment of many diseases, especially neoplasms, because of the intriguing behaviors associated with their unique size-/shape-influenced chemical, physical, and physiological features. Currently, there is a huge imbalance between the several nanoplatforms reported in the literature and the few ones approved for clinical applications. This disequilibrium affects, in particular, plasmonic nanomaterials, which present no approved platforms and few candidates in clinical trials. This trend can be reversed by promoting collaborations among scientists from different fields as well as by improving the multidisciplinary background of researchers interested in this area. This book is a collection of must-read peer-reviewed papers focusing on (i) the main behaviors of nanomaterials for nanomedicine, (ii) key features nanomaterials need for successful translation to the clinical setting, and (iii) market analysis of nanomaterials at the bedside or on the way. The main aim of this book is to offer a comprehensive point of view to students and researchers in order to promote the translation of new technologies to patients. It is a unique reference for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of nanotechnology and researchers in materials science, nanotechnology, chemistry, biology, and medicine, especially those with an interest in cancer theranostics.
- DigitalAzamal Husen, Muhammad Iqbal, editors.Summary: This book discusses the latest developments in plant-mediated fabrication of metal and metal-oxide nanoparticles, and their characterization by using a variety of modern techniques. It explores in detail the application of nanoparticles in drug delivery, cancer treatment, catalysis, and as antimicrobial agent, antioxidant and the promoter of plant production and protection. Application of these nanoparticles in plant systems has started only recently and information is still scanty about their possible effects on plant growth and development. Accumulation and translocation of nanoparticles in plants, and the consequent growth response and stress modulation are not well understood. Plants exposed to these particles exhibit both positive and negative effects, depending on the concentration, size, and shape of the nanoparticles. The impact on plant growth and yield is often positive at lower concentrations and negative at higher ones. Exposure to some nanoparticles may improve the free-radical scavenging potential and antioxidant enzymatic activities in plants and alter the micro-RNAs expression that regulate the different morphological, physiological and metabolic processes in plant system, leading to improved plant growth and yields. The nanoparticles also carry out genetic reforms by efficient transfer of DNA or complete plastid genome into the respective plant genome due to their miniscule size and improved site-specific penetration. Moreover, controlled application of nanomaterials in the form of nanofertilizer offers a more synchronized nutrient fluidity with the uptake by the plant exposed, ensuring an increased nutrient availability. This book addresses these issues and many more. It covers fabrication of different/specific nanomaterials and their wide-range application in agriculture sector, encompassing the controlled release of nutrients, nutrient-use efficiency, genetic exchange, production of secondary metabolites, defence mechanisms, and the growth and productivity of plants exposed to different manufactured nanomaterials. The role of nanofertilizers and nano-biosensors for improving plant production and protection and the possible toxicities caused by certain nanomaterials, the aspects that are little explored by now, have also been generously elucidated.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Plant-Mediated Synthesis and Applications of Nanomaterials;
Chapter 1: Nanomaterials and Plant Potential: An Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Type of Engineered NMs; 1.3 Characterization Techniques; 1.4 Physical and Chemical Characters of NMs; 1.5 Application and Impact of NMs; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Biomedical Significance of Nanomaterials; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Importance of Nanoscale; 2.3 Nanochemistry; 2.3.1 Quantum Confinement; 2.3.2 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR); 2.3.3 Nanoparticle Size Effects 2.3.4 Size Distribution of Nanostructures2.3.5 Shape of Nanoparticles; 2.3.6 Agglomeration of Nanoparticles; 2.3.7 Effect of pH, Ionic Strength, and Temperature on Agglomeration; 2.3.8 Solubility and Phase Transition of Nanoparticles; 2.4 Nanomaterials in Bio-systems; 2.4.1 Micelles and Liposomes; 2.4.2 Microemulsions; 2.4.3 Other Relevant Materials; 2.5 Preparation of Nanostructures for Use in Medicine; 2.5.1 Emulsion-Solvent Evaporation Method; 2.5.2 Double Emulsion and Evaporation Method; 2.5.3 Salting-Out Method; 2.5.4 Emulsion-Diffusion Method 2.5.5 Solvent Displacement/Precipitation Method2.6 Nanoencapsulation and Nanoencapsulated Materials; 2.7 Medical Significance of Nanostructures; 2.8 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Plant-Mediated Fabrication of Gold Nanoparticles and Their Applications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fabrication and Characterization of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.1 Fabrication of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.2 Characterization of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.2.1 Ultraviolet-Visible (UV-Vis) Spectroscopy; 3.2.2.2 Microscopy; 3.2.2.3 X-Ray Diffraction (XRD); 3.2.2.4 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS) and Zeta Potential Analysis 3.2.2.5 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)3.3 Factors Affecting the Fabrication; 3.3.1 Temperature; 3.3.2 pH; 3.3.3 Incubation Time; 3.3.4 Plant Biomass Concentration; 3.4 Applications of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.4.1 Antimicrobial Agents; 3.4.2 Catalytic Activity and Water Purification; 3.4.3 Antioxidant Potential; 3.4.4 Photochemical Agents; 3.4.5 Plant Response to Gold Nanoparticles; 3.4.6 Biomedical Application; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Green Synthesis of Gold Nanoparticles by Using Natural Gums; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Description of Various Gums 4.3 Synthesis of AuNPs4.3.1 Reaction Mechanism; 4.4 Characterization of AuNPs; 4.4.1 EDX Analysis; 4.4.2 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS); 4.4.3 XRD Analysis; 4.5 Applications; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Plant-Based Fabrication of Silver Nanoparticles and Their Application; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Fabrication and Characterization of Ag NPs; 5.3 Factors Affecting Fabrication of Ag NPs; 5.3.1 Temperature; 5.3.2 pH; 5.3.3 Incubation Time; 5.3.4 Plant Biomass Concentration; 5.4 Applications of Ag NPs; 5.4.1 Antimicrobial; 5.4.2 Biomedical Application - DigitalManish Srivastava, Neha Srivastava, P.K. Mishra, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.Summary: As renewable energy sources, biofuels have tremendous potential to replace fossil fuels in future energy scenarios, offering green alternative energy sources. However, though such fuels could mean a significant reduction in environmental pollution, they are still far from practical implementation due to their high production costs and technical issues. Consequently, efforts are being made around the globe to achieve the cost-effective production of biofuels. In this context, the use of nanomaterials to improve biofuels production efficiency is a vital, emerging area. Nanomaterials are attracting attention due to their versatile physicochemical properties and may improve the production process for various biofuels by acting as catalysts. However, this area is still in its infancy. To improve the practical viability of the biofuels production process, it is essential to focus on the specific type of nanomaterial used, its synthesis, and its specific effects on the process parameters. This book explores the potential advantages and feasibility of various aspects of nanomaterials with regard to improving the current biofuels production process, making it a valuable resource for a broad readership.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Biofuel; types and process overview
Chapter 2. Applications of plant based natural products to synthesize nanomaterial-Part-i
Chapter 3. Application of plant based natural product to synthesize nanomaterial-Part-2
Chapter 4. Green synthesis approach to fabricate nanomaterials
Chapter 5. Nanomaterials; types, synthesis and characterization
Chapter 6. Nanotechnology: an application in biofuel production nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-i
Chapter 7. Nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-ii
Chapter 8. Nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-ii
Chapter 9. Nanomaterials immobilized biocatalysts for biofuel production from lignocellulose biomass
Chapter 10. Carbon nanotubes synthesized by green/ecofriendly technique potential for bioenergy applications
Chapter 11. Synthesis of iron oxide nanomaterials for biofuels applications. - PrintRobert A. Freitas.Contents:
v. 1. Basic capabilities - DigitalMahfoozur Rahman, Sarwar Beg, Vikas Kumar, Farhan Jalees Ahmad, editors.Summary: Nanotechnology is opening up new avenues in all scientific and technological fields. Among the novel applications, bioactives and nutraceuticals are fast-growing areas of nano research for better healthcare solutions. A variety of nanoformulations, such as polymeric nanoparticles, nanocapsules, nanoemulsions, transferosomes and ethosomes, liposomes, lipospheres, and lipid polymer hybrid nanoparticles have proved valuable in bioactive delivery and food materials. Further, new herbal drugs and nutraceuticals are reported to have remarkable advantages over conventional formulations of plant actives and extracts, including enhanced solubility, bioavailability, multiple drug delivery, greater stability, sustained delivery, improved tissue macrophage distribution, protection from toxicity, enhancement of pharmacological activity and protection from physical and chemical degradation. This book focuses on the advanced nanomaterials that are utilized for the encapsulation of nutrients/vitamin/phytoconstituents, as well as their other healthcare benefits.
Contents:
1) Ganoderic acid for anticancer applications: Scope of nanomedicine in its effective delivery
2) Vitamin E based nanomedicines for anticancer drug delivery
3) Rutin based phytomedicines for cancer benefit
4) Nanoformulated Drug Delivery of Potential Betulinic Acid Derivatives: A Promising Approach toward Cancer Therapy
5) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Oncotherapy
6) Polyunsaturated fatty acids loaded nanomedicine for solid tumor
7) Rutin based phytomedicines for cancer benefit
8) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Oncotherapy
9) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Nutritional Applications
10) Polyphenols loaded nanomedicines against skin aging
11) Polyphenols loaded nanomedicines against skin aging
12) LIPID NANOCARRIERS FOR DERMAL DELIVERY OF LUTEIN
13) Bioactive flavonoid apigenin and its nanoformulations: a promising hope for diabetes and cancer
14) Therapeutic potential of 'Aegeline an important phytochemical of Aegle marmelos: Current Health perspectives for the treatment of disease
15) EPIGALOCATECHIN-3-GALLATE LOADED NANOCARRIERS FOR HEALTH BENEFITS
16) Clove oil / Eugenol as the nanotechnological perspective for healthcare applications
17) Clove oil / Eugenol as the nanotechnological perspective for healthcare applications. - Digitaledited by Lara Scheherazade Milane, Mansoor M. Amiji.Contents:
Fundamentals of immunology and inflammation / Michael E. Woods
Principles of nanomedicine / Wilson S. Meng and Jelena M. Janjic
Nanotoxicity / Angie S. Morris and Aliasger K. Salem
Translational nanomedicine / Lara Milane
Inflammatory bowel disease
Multiple sclerosis
Asthma
Neurodegenerative disease / Neha N. Parayath, Grishma Pawar, Charul Avachat, Marcel Menon Miyake, Benjamin Bleier, and Mansoor Amiji
Cancer / Lara Milane
Diabetes / Antonio J Ribeiro, Marlene Lopes, Raquel Monteiro, Gaia Cilloni, Francisco Veiga, Pharm.D; P. Arnaud.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalXue Xue, editor.Summary: This book provides an overview of the current applications of nanomaterials in brain diseases, and introduces several novel nanomaterials that have excellent potential in this field. During the last two decades, nanotechnology had matured significantly as it has transitioned from a bench-top science to an applied technology. However, the application of nanomaterials in basic and clinical neuroscience is still at an early stage, and understanding how the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials translate to complex biological responses is an area of intensive research. Part 1 of the book focuses on the principles and strategies of nanomedicine in the brain diseases, while part 2 examines the applications of promising nanomaterials for therapy and diagnosis in the brain. Together they offer a comprehensive picture of advances in nanotechnology and their successful use in treating brain diseases in the past 20 years.
Contents:
Introduction: Nanomedicine in the Brain
The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Traversing Blood-Brain Barrier
The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Drug Delivery and Release
The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Therapy
The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Diagnostic and Imaging
Nanoenzyme
Biomacromolecule-Based Nanomedicine
Carbon-Based Nanomedicine
Polymeric Nanomedicine
Magnetic Nanomedicine
Boron Neutron Capture Nanomedicines. - DigitalLajos P. Balogh.Summary: "This book is the first in a series compiling highly cited articles in nanomedicine recently. The series is edited by Lajos P. Balogh, a prominent nanotechnology researcher and journal editor. The first book content is about nanotechnology in cancer research. It also includes a wide variety of must-know topics that will appeal to any researcher involved in nanomedicine, macromolecular science, cancer therapy, and drug delivery research. These 31 articles collected here have already acquired more than 3500 citations (i.e., over a hundred on average), highlighting the importance and recognized professional interest of the scientists working in this field. "--Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2017
- Digitaledited by Aruna Sharma, Hari Shanker Sharma.Summary: 'Nanoneuroprotection and Nanoneurotoxicology,' Volume 245 of the Progress in Brain Research series, deals with recent developments in the field of neurotoxicity and neuroprotection using nanobiotechnology for the first time. Chapters in this updated release include Sleep deprivation induced brain pathology and concussive head trauma-Neuroprotective effects of nanowired delivery of drugs and hormones, Nanomedicine in Alzheimer’s Disease: amyloid beta targeting strategy, How traumatic brain injury alters amino acids balance in the central nervous system-Neuroprotection by TiO2 nanowired delivery of drugs and antibodies, Nanowired delivery of DL-3-n-butylphthalide and neuroprotection in concussive head injury, Nanodelivery of drugs and antibodies for superior neuroprotection in Alzheimer’s disease, and more. Key Features: Highlights recent development in nanopharmacetical research with reference to brain disease; Provides new insights on the possible role of nanomaterials and their pronounced effects on CNS injury or repair. Readership: Researchers and students of neuroscience, psychology, and the biological sciences interested in nanoneuroprotection and nanoneurotoxicology. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
- DigitalDiana Boraschi and Albert Duschl.Summary: Nanoparticles and the Immune System provides a reference text for toxicologists, materials scientists and regulators and covers the key issues of interaction of nanomaterials with the immune system. The book discusses several issues that toxicologists and regulators need to know: identification of endpoints that are relevant for assessing hazard, evaluating impact on immunologically frail populations, and how to evaluate chronic/cumulative effects. In addition, the book addresses the possibility of turning the immunomodulating properties of certain nanomaterials to our advantage.
Contents:
How innate and adaptive immunity work
Nanoparticles and innate immunity
Nanoparticles and adaptive immunity
Nanoparticles and allergy
Nanoparticles and immunological frailty
Nanoparticles in medicine: nanoparticle engineering for macrophage targeting and nanoparticles that avoid macrophage recognition
Summary and outlook.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalAshutosh Kumar Shukla, editor.Summary: Nanotechnology is expected to bring revolutionary changes in a variety of fields. This volume describes nanoparticles and their biomedical applications, and covers metal nanoparticles, metal oxide nanoparticles, rare earth based nanoparticles and graphene oxide nanoparticles. It elaborates on a number of biomedical applications, including therapeutic applications. It addresses the topic of green synthesis, in view of increasing health and environmental concerns.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Rare Earth Based Nanoparticles: Biomedical Applications, Pharmacological and Toxicological Significance
Chapter 2. Nanomedicine for Hepatic Fibrosis
Chapter 3. Biomedical Applications of Zinc oxide nanoparticles synthesized using Eco-friendly method
Chapter 4. Potential Applications of Greener synthesized Silver and Gold Nanoparticles in Medicine
Chapter 5. Nanofinished Medical Textiles and Their Potential Impact to Health and Environment
Chapter 6. Therapeutic Applications of Graphene Oxides in Angiogenesis and Cancers
Chapter 7. Use of nanoparticles to manage Candida biofilms
Chapter 8. Biomedical applications of lignin-based nanoparticles
Chapter 9. Green nanoparticles for biomedical and bioengineering applications
Chapter 10. Nanoparticles: A boon to target mitochondrial diseases.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Joshua D. Ramsey, M. Laird Forrest.Digital Access
- Digital/PrintHarvinder Singh Gill, Richard W. Compans, editors.Summary: "This book introduces nanoparticles as a powerful platform for vaccine design. Current challenges in vaccine development are discussed and the unique advantages nanoparticles provide in overcoming these challenges are explored. The authors offer fascinating insights into the immunological assets of using nanoparticles as delivery vehicles or adjuvants and present different materials that are being used in nanoparticle-based vaccine development, covering peptides, proteins, polymers, virus-like particles, and liposomes. Its contemporary research insights and practical examples for applications make this volume an inspiring read for researchers and clinicians in vaccinology and immunology. Chapter "Liposome Formulations as Adjuvants for Vaccines" is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Liposome formulations as adjuvants for vaccines / Mangala Rao, Kristina K. Peachman, and Carl R. Alving
Polymeric nanoparticle-based vaccine adjuvants and delivery vehicles / Elizabeth A. Grego, Alaric C. Siddoway, Metin Uz, Luman Liu, John C. Christiansen, Kathleen A. Ross, Sean M. Kelly, Surya K. Mallapragada, Michael J. Wannemuehler, and Balaji Narasimhan
Virus-like particle vaccines against respiratory viruses and protozoan parasites / Ki-Back Chu and Fu-Shi Quan
Protein and peptide nanocluster vaccines / Timothy Z. Chang and Julie A. Champion. - DigitalAshutosh Kumar Shukla, editor.Summary: This book describes the medical applications of inorganic nanoparticles. Nanomedicine is a relatively advanced field, which enhances the treatment of various diseases, offering new options for overcoming the problems associated with the use of conventional medicines. Discussing the toxicological and safety aspects associated with medical applications of nanoparticles, the book presents the latest research on topics such as emerging nanomaterials for cancer therapy, applications of nanoparticles in dentistry, and fluoride nanoparticles for biomedical applications, and also includes chapters on the use of nanoparticles such as silver and gold. .
Contents:
Biomedical applications of characterized zinc oxide nanoparticles synthesized using eco-friendly methods
Semiconductor and metal oxide nanoparticles for nanomedical applications
Fungal mediated nanoparticles: Characterization and biomedical advances
Applications of green synthesized silver and gold nanoparticles in medicine
Nanoparticle applications in dentistry: Current trends
Nanoparticles in dentistry: Current trends
Nanoparticle applications in dermatology: Current trends
Nanoparticles in medicine: Therapeutic toxicity issues. - DigitalDigital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalXiangwei Zhao, Meng Lu, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the latest advances in nanophotonics for biomedical applications, including biomolecular sensing and imaging, additive fabrications, and biophotonics. The engineering of nanophotonics will have significant impacts on the life sciences and medicine alike. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for researchers, scientists, engineers, and graduate students in the fields of biomedical engineering, electrical engineering, materials sciences, optics, biology, and medicine.
Contents:
Photonic crystals for biomolecule sensing applications
Recent advances in Surface Plasmon Resonance for biosensing applications and future prospects
Surface-enhanced Raman Scattering for biology and medicine
Nanophotonic techniques for single cell analysis
Biointerface Characterization by Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy
Chemiluminescence and its biomedical applications
Luminescent Conjugated Polymer Dots for Biomedical Applications
Dark-Field Hyperspectral Imaging (DF-HSI) Modalities for Characterization of Single Molecule and Cellular Processes
Additive Manufacturing Technologies based on Photopolymerization. - Digitaledited by Alexan Mihai Grumezescu.Summary: Nanoscale Fabrication, Optimization, Scale-up and Biological Aspects of Pharmaceutical Nanotechnology focuses on the fabrication, optimization, scale-up and biological aspects of pharmaceutical nanotechnology. In particular, the following aspects of nanoparticle preparation methods are discussed: the need for less toxic reagents, simplification of the procedure to allow economic scale-up, and optimization to improve yield and entrapment efficiency. Written by a diverse range of international researchers, the chapters examine characterization and manufacturing of nanomaterials for pharmaceutical applications. Regulatory and policy aspects are also discussed. This book is a valuable reference resource for researchers in both academia and the pharmaceutical industry who want to learn more about how nanomaterials can best be utilized.
Contents:
1. Fabrication of polymeric core-shell nanostructures
2. Emulsification-diffusion method to obtain polymeric nanoparticles: two decades of research
3. Tools and Techniques for the optimized synthesis, reproducibility and scale up of desired nanostructures from plant derived material and their role in pharmaceutical properties
4. Scale up of biopharmaceuticals production
5. Physicochemical and morphological characterization of pharmaceutical nanocarriers and mathematical modelling of drug encapsulation/release mass transfer processes
6. Biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics of multifunctional nanoparticles
7. Technological delivery systems to improve biopharmaceutical properties
8. From physicochemically stable nanocarriers to targeted drug delivery: in-vivo pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and biodistribution studies
9. Sterile dosage forms loaded nanosystems for parenteral, nasal, pulmonary and ocular administration
10. Quantitative Characterization of Targeted Nanoparticulate Formulations for Prediction of Clinical Efficacy
11. Analytical tools for reliable in vitro and in vivo performance testing of drug nanocrystals
12. Application of one-step affinity purification of drug-binding proteins with practical magnetic nanoparticles to drug discovery
13. Molecularly Imprinted Polymers as Separation Tools
14. Detection of DNA damage induced by nanomaterials
15. Pharmacological usage of an enzyme inhibitor - a selective inhibitor of 3-mercaptopyruvate sulfurtransferase reaction intermediate to control generation of polysulfide
16. Regulatory Consideration in Nanotechnology Based Drug Products.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by U. Valentin Nägerl, Interdisciplinary Insitute for Neuroscience, CNRS/University of Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France, Antoine Triller, Insitute of Biology, Ecole Normal Supérieure/INSERM/CNRS, Paris, France.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by Carla Bittencourt, Chris Ewels and Eduard Llobet.Summary: This book presents a blueprint for researchers in the area of nanotechnology for chemical defense, especially with regard to future research on detection and protection. It addresses the synthesis of complex nanomaterials with potential applications in a broad range of sensing systems. Above all, it discusses novel experimental and theoretical tools for characterizing and modeling nanostructures and their integration in complex systems. The book also includes electronic structure calculations exploring the atomic and quantum mechanical mechanisms behind molecular binding and identification, so as to provide readers with an in-depth understanding of the capabilities and limitations of various nanomaterial approaches. Gathering contributions by scientists with diverse backgrounds, the book offers a wealth of insightful information for all scientists whose work involves material science and its applications in sensing.
Contents:
The feasibility of graphene-based defense applications: an industry perspective
Carbon nanomaterials integrated in rugged and inexpensive sensing platforms for the in-field detection of chemical warfare agents;
Sensing volatile organic compounds by phthalocyanines with metal centers: exploring the mechanism with measurements and modelling
Chemical sensors for VOC detection in indoor air: focus on formaldehyde
Gas sensing using monolayer MoS2; R. Canton-Vitoria et al
Progress of Sensors based on hollow metal sulfides nanoparticles
Synthesis of 3D-ensembles of carbon nanotubes
Challenges on the production and characterization of B-doped single-walled carbon nanotubes
Graphene-based metal-free catalysis: a spectroscopic point-of-view
Graphene for Photodynamic Therapy. - Digitaledited by Bert M?uller and Marcel Van de Voorde.Summary: Unique in combining the expertise of practitioners from university hospitals and that of academic researchers, this timely monograph presents selected topics catering specifically to the needs and interests of natural scientists and engineers as well as physicians who are concerned with developing nanotechnology-based treatments to improve human health. To this end, the book cover the materials aspects of nanomedicine, such as the hierarchical structure of biological materials, the imaging of hard and soft tissues and, in particular, concrete examples of nanotechnology-based approaches in modern medical treatments. The whole is rounded off by a discussion of the opportunities and risks of using nanotechnology and nanomaterials in medicine, backed by case studies taken from real life.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction to nanoscience in medicine of the twenty-first century
Chapter 1. Challenges and opportunities of nanotechnology for human health
Chapter 2. Nanoscience and nanotechnology and the armory for the twenty-first centrury health care
Chapter 3. Nanomedicine activities in the United States and worldwide
Part II. Leading cause of death: cardiovascular diseases
Chapter 4. Challenges in cardiovascular treatments using nanotechnology-based approaches
Chapter 5. Smart container for targeting drug delivery
Chapter 6. Human nano-vesicles in physiology and pathology
Chapter 7. Challenges and risks of nanotechnology in medicine: an immunologist's point of view
Part III. Second most common cause of death: cancer
Chapter 8.Challenges of applying targeted nanostructures with multifunctional properties in cancer treatments
Chapter 9. Highly conformal radiotherapy using protons
Chapter 10. Self-organization on a chip: from nanoscale actin assemblies to tumor spheroids
Chapter 11. The nanomechnaical signature of tissues in health and disease
Part IV. Most common diseases: caries, musculoskeletal diseases, incontinence, allergies
Chapter 12. Revealing the nano-architecture of human hard and soft tissues by spatially resolved hard X-Ray scattering
Chapter 13. Regenerative dentistry using stem cells and nanotechnology
Chapter 14. Nanostructured polymers for medical applications
Chapter 15. Nanotechnology in the treatment of incontinence
Chapter 16. Nanomedicine in dermatiology: nanotechnology in prevention, diagnosis, and therapy
Part V. Benefiting patients
Chapter 17. Therapeutic development and the evolution of precision medicine
Chapter 18. Benefit from nanoscience and nanotechnology: benefitting patients
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalRamesh Namdeo Pudake, Nidhi Chauhan, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.Summary: This book discusses the ability of nanomaterials to protect crop-plant and animal health, increase production, and enhance the quality of food and other agricultural products. It explores the use of targeted delivery and slow- release agrochemicals to reduce the damage to non-target organisms and the quantity released into the soil and water, as well as nanotechnology-derived tools in the field of plant and animal genetic improvement. It also addresses future applications of nanotechnology in sustainable agriculture and the legislative regulation and safety evaluation of nanomaterials. The book highlights the recent advances made in nanotechnology and its contribution towards an eco-friendly approach in agriculture.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Nanomaterials in Crop Science; 1 Application of Nanotechnology in Genetic Improvement in Crops; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conventional Plant Biotransformation Techniques; 1.3 Why Nanotechnology?; 1.4 Nanocarriers for Plant Biotransformation; 1.4.1 Silica Nanoparticles; 1.4.2 Calcium-Based Nanoparticles; 1.4.3 Magnetic Nanoparticles; 1.4.4 Dendrimers; 1.4.5 Liposomes; 1.4.6 Gold Nanoparticles; 1.4.7 Carbon Nanotubes; 1.4.8 Other Nanoparticles; 1.5 Patented Technologies; 1.6 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References 2 Engineered Nanoparticles for Increasing Micronutrient Use EfficiencyAbstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Nanoparticles as Micronutrients; 2.2.1 Iron (Fe) NPs; 2.2.2 Manganese (Mn) NPs; 2.2.3 Zinc (Zn) NPs; 2.2.4 Copper (Cu) NPs; 2.2.5 Molybdenum (Mo) NPs; 2.3 Uptake of Nanomaterials in Plants; 2.4 Toxicity Aspects of Nanoparticles; 2.5 Conclusion and Future Aspects; References; 3 Nano-biofertilizers: Harnessing Dual Benefits of Nano-nutrient and Bio-fertilizers for Enhanced Nutrient Use Efficiency and Sustainable Productivity; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Fertilizers and Their Role for Crop Productivity3.1.1.1 Fertilizer Application Techniques; 3.1.1.2 Tackling the 'Over-Fertilization' Peril; 3.1.2 Organic Fertilization: Aiming for Eco-Friendly Green Revolution; 3.2 Bio-fertilizers: Pursuit for Sustainable Agricultural Productivity; 3.3 Nano-fertilizers; 3.3.1 Conventional Fertilizers Versus Nano-fertilizers; 3.3.2 What Are Nano-fertilizers?; 3.3.3 Nano-fertilizers in Precision Agriculture; 3.3.3.1 Nano-'smart'-fertilizers for Slow/Controlled Release of Nutrients 3.4 Nano-biofertilizers: Augmenting the Benefits of Nano- and Bio-fertilizers3.4.1 Contributions of the Nano- and Bio-components of the Nano-biofertilizer; 3.4.2 Why Will It Impart Added Benefits?; 3.4.3 Studies Involving Combinatorial Use of Nano- and Bio-fertilizers; 3.4.3.1 Cereal Crops; 3.4.3.2 Legume Crops; 3.4.3.3 Horticultural Crops; 3.4.3.4 Forage Crops; 3.5 Environmental Safety Issues; 3.6 Future Prospects; Acknowledgements; References; 4 Role of Metal-Organic Framework (MOF) for Pesticide Sensing; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Synthesis of MOF; 4.2.1 Traditional Synthesis Methods 4.2.2 Microwave Synthesis4.2.3 Electrochemical Synthesis; 4.2.4 Mechanochemical Synthesis; 4.2.5 Sonochemical Synthesis; 4.3 Applications of MOF for Pesticide Sensing; 4.3.1 Magnetic Solid-Phase Extraction (MSPE) Extracted Magnetic MOF Composites for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.2 Gas Chromatography Coupled with MOF for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.3 MOF Coupled Adsorption for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.4 Detection of Pesticide by Optical Method; 4.3.5 Electrochemical Method of Pesticide Detection; 4.3.6 SERS Active Metal-Organic Framework with Embedded Gold Nanoparticles - DigitalRam Prasad, Busi Siddhardha, Madhu Dyavaiah, editors.Summary: In the pursuit of technological advancement in the field of biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries to counteract health issues, bacterial infections remain a major cause of morbidity and mortality. The ability of bacterial pathogens to form biofilms further agglomerates the situation by showing resistance to conventional antibiotics. To overcome this serious issue, bioactive metabolites and other natural products were exploited to combat bacterial infections and biofilm-related health consequences. Natural products exhibited promising results in vitro, however; their efficacy in in vivo conditions remain obscured due to their low-solubility, bioavailability, and biocompatibility issues. In this scenario, nanotechnological interventions provide a multifaceted platform for targeted delivery of bioactive compounds by slow and sustained release of drug-like compounds. The unique physico-chemical properties, biocompatibility and eco-friendly nature of bioinspired nanostructures has revolutionized the field of biology to eradicate microbial infections and biofilm-related complications. The green-nanotechnology based metal and metal oxide nanoparticles and polymeric nanoparticles have been regularly employed for antimicrobial and antibiofilm applications without causing damage to host tissues. The implications of these nanoparticles toward achieving sustainability in agriculture by providing systemic resistance against a variety of phytopathogens therefore plays crucial role in growth and crop productivity. Also the advent of smart and hybrid nanomaterials such as metal-based polymer nanocomposites, lipid-based nanomaterials and liposomes have the inherent potential to eradicate bacterial biofilm-related infections in an efficient manner. The recent development of carbon-based nanomaterials such as carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and silica based nanomaterials such as mesoporous silica nanoparticles (MSNs) also exploit a target of dreadful healthcare conditions such as cancer , immunomodulatory diseases, and microbial infections, as well as biofilm-related issues owing to their stability profile, biocompatibility, and unique physio-chemical properties. Recently novel physical approaches such as photothermal therapy (PTT) and antimicrobial photodynamic therapy (aPDT) also revolutionized conventional strategies and are engaged in eradicating microbial biofilm-related infections and related health consequences. These promising advancements in the development of novel strategies to treat microbial infections and biofilm-related multidrug resistance (MDR) phenomenon may provide new avenues and aid to conventional antimicrobial therapeutics.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Nanomaterials: Therapeutic Agent for Antimicrobial Therapy
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 Basic Discussion About Bacterial Cells
1.1.2 How Nanomaterials or Antibacterial Agent Interact with Bacteria: Probable Mechanism
1.1.2.1 Interaction of Nanomaterials with Bacterial Cell Membrane
1.1.2.2 Release of Compounds/Metal Toxic to the Bacterial Cell
1.1.2.3 Role of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) in Cell Damage
1.1.2.4 Obstacle in Electron Transport and Protein Oxidation 1.2 Essay for Measuring the Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials
1.2.1 Susceptibility of Nanomaterials Toward Microorganisms
1.2.1.1 Dilution Method
1.2.1.2 Disc-Diffusion Method
1.2.2 Methods for Quantification of Antibacterial Activity
1.2.2.1 Optical Density (OD) Measurement
1.2.2.2 Cell Counting Method
1.2.2.3 Spread-Plate Colony Counts
1.2.2.4 Crystal Violet Staining
1.2.2.5 Live/Dead Cell Staining and Imaging
1.2.2.6 Tetrazolium Salt Reduction
1.3 Role of Nanomaterials as Antimicrobial Agent
1.3.1 The Ancient Era 1.3.2 Why Nanomaterials Have Replaced the Ancient Antimicrobial Agents?
1.4 Different Class of Nanomaterials Used as an Antimicrobial Agent
1.4.1 Antimicrobial Properties of Silver-Based Nanomaterials
1.4.2 Antimicrobial Activity of Zinc Oxide Nanomaterials (ZnO)
1.4.3 Antimicrobial Activity of Titanium Oxide (TiO2) Nanomaterials
1.4.4 Copper Nanomaterials as an Antimicrobial Agent
1.4.5 Carbon-Based Nanomaterials as an Antimicrobial Agent
1.4.5.1 Fullerene
1.4.5.2 Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs)
1.4.5.3 Graphene Oxide (GO) 1.4.5.4 Activated Carbon-Based Nanomaterials (ACNMs)
1.5 Challenges of Nanomaterials in Antibacterial Treatments
References
Chapter 2: A Review on Next-Generation Nano-Antimicrobials in Orthopedics: Prospects and Concerns
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Orthopedic Implants and Infections
2.2.1 Planktonic
2.2.2 Biofilm
2.2.3 Invasive and Intracellular
2.3 Bacterial Growth and Related Clinical Complications
2.3.1 Cell Adhesion
2.3.2 Cellular Aggregation
2.3.3 Biofilm Maturation
2.3.4 Cellular Detachment
2.4 Conventional Techniques for Treating Infections 2.5 Nanomaterials in Eradicating Infections
2.6 Mechanism of Action for Nanobiotics
2.7 Future Perspectives and Concerns
References
Chapter 3: Antibacterial Activity by Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Synthesis of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
3.3 Characterization of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
3.4 Antimicrobial Activity of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
3.4.1 Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes
3.4.2 Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes
3.5 Mechanisms of Action by Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
3.6 Conclusion
References - Digitaledited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.Contents:
1. Cell and organ drug targeting: types of drug delivery systems and advanced targeting strategies
2. Cell-penetrating peptides in nanodelivery of nucleic acids and drugs
3. The current perspectives of nanoparticles in clellular and organ-specific drug targeting in biological system
4. Precision medicine and drug targeting: the promise versus reality of target-specific drug delivery
5. Brain targeting of payload using mild magnetic field: site specific delivery
6. Nanoparticles influence in skin penetration of drugs: in vitro and in vivo characterization
7. DNA aptamer-based molecular nanoconstructions and nanodevices for diagnostics and therapy
8. Nanobiodevices for electrochemical biosensing of pharmaceuticals
9. Imprinted polymeric nanoparticles as nanodevices, biosnesors and biolabels
10. Poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) matrix implants
11. Hydrogels for biomedical applications
12. Silk-based matrices for bone tissue engineering applications
13. Implantable drug delivery systems: an overview
14. Nanobionics and nanoengineered prosthetics
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalH.N. Cheng, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, New Orleans, Louisiana [and three others], editor.Summary: Uses of nanotechnology in various fields, and cautions or safety measures regarding some of those applications.
Contents:
Nanotechnology Overview: Opportunities and Challenges / Cheng, H. N., USDA Agricultural Research Service, Southern Regional Research Center, 1100 Robert E. Lee Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70124, United States; Doemeny, Laurence J., 4922 Armin Way, San Diego, California 92115, United States; Geraci, Charles L., National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), 1090 Tusculum Avenue, C-14, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226, United States; Grob Schmidt, Diane, Department of Chemistry, University of Cincinnati, 301 Clifton Court, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221, United States / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch001
Nanotechnology at Northwestern University: Delivering on the Promise / Mirkin, Chad A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch002
The Role of Chemical Sciences in the National Nanotechnology Initiative: Accomplishments and Future Direction / Fadel, Tarek R., The International Technology Research Institute, 518 S. Camp Meade Road, Suite 6, Linthicum, Maryland 21090, United States; Meador, Michael A., The National Nanotechnology Coordination Office, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 405, Arlington, Virginia 22230, United States / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch003
Building Foundational Knowledge and Infrastructure for Nanotechnology: 2000-2030 / Roco, Mihail C. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch004
Nanomaterials and Nanomanufacturing with an Emphasis on National Security / Sloter, Lewis E. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch005
National Institutes of Health: An Introduction to Nanotechnology Funded Research in Biology and Medicine / Henderson, Lori A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch006
University Roles in Economic Development / Liehr, Michael / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch007
Regulations: Facilitating Advancement or Serving as a Barrier
A Shared Responsibility / Medley, Terry L. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch008
Sustainability and Life-Cycle Issues / Morris, Jeffrey / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch009
Nanomaterials: Promise in Balance with Safety / Philbert, Martin A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch010
Opportunities and Challenges for Health, Safety, and the Environment: The Regulatory Void? / Bergeson, Lynn L. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch011
Adaptive Governance for the Nanotechnology Workplace / Murashov, Vladimir; Howard, John / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch012
What Is Responsible Development of Nanotechnology? / Lin, Albert / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch013
Editorsʼ Biographies / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ot001Digital Access - Digital/PrintChad A. Mirkin, Thomas J. Meade, Sarah Hurst Petrosko, Alexander H. Stegh, editors.Contents:
Nanoflares as Probes for Cancer Diagnostics
Therapeutic Applications of Spherical Nucleic Acids
Theranostic Magnetic Nanostructures (MNS) for Cancer
Nanodiamond-Based Chemotherapy and Imaging
Theranostic Lipid Nanoparticles for Cancer Medicine
Synthetic High-Density Lipoprotein-Like Nanoparticles as Cancer Therapy
Radiosensitization and Nanoparticles
Hybrid Nanoparticles for Cancer Imaging and Therapy
Exploring Tumor Microenvironment with Nanoparticles
How nanoparticles interact with cancer cells
Engineering the Nanoparticle-Protein Interface for Cancer Therapeutics
Calibration-Quality Cancer Nano-Therapeutics
Cancer Nano-Therapeutics in Clinical Trials.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Prashant Kesharwani and Umesh Gupta.Summary: Nanotechnology-Based Targeted Drug Delivery Systems for Brain Tumors addresses brain anatomy and tumors and the progress and challenges in delivering drugs across the blood brain barrier. Several chapters are devoted to the latest technologies and advances in nanotechnology, along with practical solutions on how to design more effective nanocarriers for drug and gene delivery. This valuable resource prepares readers to develop novel drug delivery systems for the treatment of brain tumors that further promote the latest nanomedical technologies.
Contents:
1. Tumors of the central nervous system: anatomy and interventional considerations
2. Angiogenesis in brain tumors
3. Physiology of the blood-brain barrier and mechanisms of transport across the BBB
4. Active trageted nanoscale delivery systems for brain tumor therapeutics
5. Nanotechnology in brain tumor targeting: efficacy and safety of nanoenabled carriers undergoing clinical testing
6. Targeting of lipid/polymeric (hybrid) nanoparticles to the brain for the treatment of degernative diseases
7. Biopolymeric nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery to brain tumors
8. Solid lipid nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery
9. Liposome-based drug delivery for brain tumor theranostics
10. Dendrimers as effective carriers for the treatment of brain tumor - 11. Micelle-based drug delivery for brain tumors
12. Nanemulsions-based drug delivery for brain tumors
13. Immune infiltration in malignant gliomas
14. Carbon nanotubes (CNTs): a novel drug delivery tool in brain tumor treatment
15. Beyond the blood-brain barrier: facing new challenges and prospects of nanotechnology-mediated targeted delivery to the brain
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalDeepak G Panpatte, Yogeshvari K Jhala, editors.Summary: The emergence of nanotechnology and the development of new nano-devices and nanomaterials open up opportunities for novel applications in agriculture and biotechnology. Nanotechnology has the potential to modernize the agricultural research and practice. Nanotechnology has gained momentum in agriculture sector during last decade, but still there are knowledge gap between scientific communities. This book comprise of holistic coverage about current developments in nanotechnology based sustainable agriculture. It contains sections focusing on each aspect of the implications of nanotechnology in different sectors of agriculture from crop production, soil fertility management, crop improvement etc. It also provides insight into the current trends and future prospects of nanotechnology along with the benefits and risks and their impact on agricultural ecosystems. This book emphasize on use of nanotechnology to reduce agrochemical usage via smart delivery system, increase nutrient use efficiency, improved water and nutrient management, nano-biosensors for management of plant diseases etc. The book provides thorough knowledge for dealing with current challenges of agricultural sector using nanotechnology based agricultural interventions. It will serve as reference literature for scientists, policymakers, students and researchers who are engaged in development of strategies to cope up with challenges of current agricultural systems and society.
Contents:
1) Nanotechnology in agriculture
2) Bio production of silver nanoparticles and its potential applications in Agriculture
3) Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles using bacteria
4) Biofabrication of Nanoparticles using fungi
5) Nanoformulations Based on Bacillus subtilis Lipopeptides: The Future of Agriculture: Fruits
6)Use of bio-based nanoparticles in Agriculture
7) Uptake, Accumulation and toxicity of metal nanoparticles in autotroph
8) Carbon Nanotubes in Agriculture: Production, Potential and Prospects
9) Impact and current perspectives of zinc oxide nanoparticles on soil
10) Soil ecological pros and cons of nanomaterials: Impact on micro-organisms and soil health
11) Beneficial effects of metal- and metalloid-based nanoparticles on crop production
12) Environmental impact and Eco-toxicological influence of biofrabricated nanoparticle on soil activity
13) Nanobiosensors: A novel approach in precision agriculture
14) Nanoparticle mediated plant gene transfer for precision farming and sustainable agriculture
15) Nanotechnology for polluted soil remediation. - DigitalDeepak G. Panpatte, Yogeshvari K. Jhala, editors.Summary: The emergence of nanotechnology and the development of new nanodevices and nanomaterials have opened up exciting opportunities for novel applications in agriculture and biotechnology. Nanotechnology has the potential to modernize agricultural research and practice, but although it has gained momentum in the agriculture sector over last decade, there are still knowledge gaps between scientific communities. This book presents a comprehensive overview of current developments in nanotechnology-based sustainable agriculture. Focusing on various aspects of nanotechnology in different sectors of agriculture, such as crop production, soil fertility management and crop improvement, it offers insights into the current trends and future prospects of nanotechnology, along with the benefits and risks and their impact on agricultural ecosystems. It also highlights the use of nanotechnology to reduce agrochemical usage, to increase nutrient uptake efficiency and to improve water and nutrient management, and the use of nano-biosensors to manage plant diseases. The book is a valuable reference resource for scientists, policymakers, students and researchers who are engaged in developing strategies to cope with current agricultural challenges.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
1: Nanobiotechnology for Agricultural Productivity, Food Security and Environmental Sustainability; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Nanotechnology for Agricultural Productivity; 1.2.1 Nanofertilizers; 1.2.2 Nanopesticides; 1.2.3 Nanoparticle-Based Plant Gene Transfer; 1.3 Nanotechnology for Food Security; 1.3.1 Nutrients and Dietary Supplements; 1.3.2 Nanoparticles in Food Processing; 1.3.3 Nanotechnology in Food Packaging and Storage; 1.4 Nanotechnology for Environmental Sustainability; 1.5 Ecological and Health Risks of Nanoparticles 1.6 Conclusion and Future PerspectivesReferences;
2: Nanofertilizers: A Recent Approach in Crop Production; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Challenges of Existing Agricultural Practices; 2.3 Nanofertilizer and Its Role in Agriculture; 2.4 Properties of Nanofertilizer; 2.5 Nanofertilizer a Better Option than Conventional Fertilizers; 2.6 Synthesis of Nanofertilizers; 2.7 Types of Nanofertilizers; 2.7.1 Nitrogen-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.2 Phosphate-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.3 Iron-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.4 Zinc-Based Nanoparticles as Fertilizers; 2.7.5 Titanium-Based Nanofertilizers 2.14 Biosafety Issues Related to the Use of Nanofertilizers2.15 Future Prospects; 2.16 Conclusion; References;
3: Nanofertilizers: Smart Delivery of Plant Nutrients; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nanotechnology in Agriculture; 3.2.1 Plant Nutrients; 3.2.2 Fertilizers for Nutrients; 3.2.3 Nanomaterials for Slow and Controlled Release of Nutrients; 3.2.4 Smart Delivery of Nutrients; 3.2.5 Nanoformulations for Smart Delivery of Nutrients; 3.2.5.1 Nanoformulations of Macronutrients; 3.2.5.2 Nanoformulations of Micronutrients; 3.2.5.3 Nanoformulations of Biofertilizers; 3.3 Future Prospects 2.7.6 Aluminum-Based Nanoparticles as Fertilizers2.7.7 Copper-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.8 Silver-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.8 Nanofertilizer Formulation and Their Delivery System; 2.9 Uptake, Translocation, and Fate of Nanofertilizers in Plants; 2.9.1 Movement of Nanoparticles Inside Plants; 2.10 Fate of Nanofertilizers in Ecosystems; 2.10.1 Different Effects of Nanofertilizers; 2.10.1.1 Plant Toxicity; 2.10.1.2 Effects on Biodiversity and Abundance; 2.11 Nanofertilizers Products; 2.12 Economic Analysis of Nanofertilizers; 2.13 Applications of Nanofertilizers 3.4 Safety and Ethical Issues3.5 Conclusions; References;
4: Nanoelements: An Agricultural Paradigm for Targeted Plant Nutrition Therapeutic Approach; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Nano-fertilizers; 4.2.1 Types of Plant Nutrients; 4.2.2 Micronutrient Fertilizer; 4.3 Why Are Nano-nutrients Required?; 4.4 Need of Nanoagri-nutrient Technology; 4.5 Application of Nanotechnology in Agriculture; 4.6 Nanoparticles as Target Delivery Vehicles; 4.7 Conclusions; References;
5: Nanoparticles for the Improved Crop Production; 5.1 IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalBong-Hyun Jun, editor.Summary: This book documents the tremendous progress in the use of nanotechnology for a range of bioapplications with the aim of providing students, researchers, technicians, and other professionals with an up-to-date overview of the field. After a general introduction to the surface modifications of nanoparticles required for different biological applications, and to the properties of the modified nanoparticles, a series of chapters describe the state of the art in respect of different types of nanoparticle, including silica nanoparticles, fluorescent nanomaterials, metal nanoparticles, magnetic nanoparticles, carbon-based nanostructures, and other novel nanomaterials. Detailed information is supplied on methods of preparation, chemical and physical properties, and current and potential applications. The closing chapters discuss lithography methods for the top-down approach to nanoparticle synthesis and the use of spectroscopic studies as a tool for the characterization of each nanoparticle. Future prospects and challenges for the development of further nanomaterials with bioapplications are also covered.
- Digitaledited by Baldev Raj, Marcel Van de Voorde, and Yashwant Mahajan.Summary: In three handy volumes, this ready reference provides a detailed overview of nanotechnology as it is applied to energy sustainability. Clearly structured, following an introduction, the first part of the book is dedicated to energy production, renewable energy, energy storage, energy distribution, and energy conversion and harvesting. The second part then goes on to discuss nano-enabled materials, energy conservation and management, technological and intellectual property-related issues and markets and environmental remediation. The text concludes with a look at and recommendations for future technology advances. An essential handbook for all experts in the field - from academic researchers and engineers to developers in industry.
Contents:
Energy Production. Fossil Fuels: The Effect of Zeolite Catalyst Particle Morphology on Catalyst Performance in the Conversion of Methanol to Hydrocarbons / Katarzyna Anna Łukaszuk, Pablo del Campo Huertas, Andrea Molino, Malte Nielsen, Daniel Rojo-Gama, Juan Salvador Martinez-Espin, Karl Petter Lillerud, Unni Olsbye, Silvia Bordiga, Pablo Beato, Stian Svelle
Fossil Fuels: Nanotechnologies for Petroleum Reservoir Engineering / Igor N Evdokimov
Fossil Fuels: Coke-Resistant Nanomaterials for Gas-to-Liquid (GTL) Fuels / Brian A Rosen, Sarika Singh
Photovoltaics: Light Energy Harvesting with Plasmonic Nanoparticle Networks / Jean-Paul Hugonin, Mondher Besbes, Philippe Ben-Abdallah
Photovoltaics: Role of Nanotechnology in Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells / Murugesan Janani, Shantikumar V Nair, A Sreekumaran Nair
Photovoltaics: Nanomaterials for Photovoltaic Conversion / Abdelilah Slaoui, Daniel Lincot, Jean François Guillemoles, Ludovic Escoubas
Photovoltaics: Light-Trapping in Crystalline Silicon and Thin-Film Solar Cells by Nanostructured Optical Coatings / Pierpaolo Spinelli, Bonna K Newman, Albert Polman
Photovoltaics: Nanoengineered Materials and Their Functionality in Solar Cells / Kaining Ding, Thomas Kirchartz, Karsten Bittkau, Andreas Lambertz, Vladimir Smirnov, Jürgen Hüpkes, Uwe Rau
Nonselective Coatings for Solar Thermal Applications in CSP / Raj Kumar Bera, Daniel Mandler, Shlomo Magdassi
Selective Surfaces for Solar Thermal Energy Conversion in CSP: From Multilayers to Nanocomposites / Audrey Soum-Glaude, Laurie Di Giacomo, Sébastien Quoizola, Thomas Laurent, Gilles Flamant
Nanobiotechnology Augmenting Biological Gaseous Energy Recovery / Shantonu Roy, Debabrata Das
Nanotechnologies in Sodium-Cooled Fast Spectrum Reactor and Closed Fuel Cycle Sustainable Nuclear Energy System / Baldev Raj, U Kamachi Mudali
Nanotechnology and Applications for Electric Power: The Perspective of a Major Player in Electricity / Didier Noël
Lightweight Nanostructured Materials and Their Certification for Wind Energy Applications / Bikramjit Basu, Sherine Alex, N Eswara Prasad
Energy Storage and Distribution. Nanostructured Materials for Next-Generation Lithium-Ion Batteries / T Sri Devi Kumari, T Prem Kumar, AK Shukla
Carbon Nanotube Materials to Realize High-Performance Supercapacitors / Anthony Childress, Jingyi Zhu, Mehmet Karakaya, Deepika Saini, Ramakrishna Podila, Apparao Rao
Recent Developments and Prospects of Nanostructured Supercapacitors / Katherine L Van Aken, Yury Gogotsi
Nanostructured and Complex Hydrides for Hydrogen Storage / Lars H Jepsen, Mark Paskevicius, Torben R Jensen
Nanotechnology for the Storage of Hydrogen / Marek Nowak, Mieczyslaw Jurczyk
Phase Change Nanomaterials for Thermal Energy Storage / Kinga Pielichowska, Krzysztof Pielichowski
Carbon Nanotube Wires and Cables: Near-Term Applications and Future Perspectives / Jeremy Lee, Seeram Ramakrishna
Energy Conversion and Harvesting. Nanostructured Thermoelectric Materials: Current Research and Future Challenges / Hilaal Alam, Seeram Ramakrishna
Nanostructured Cost-Effective and Energy-Efficient Thermoelectric Materials / Zhi-Gang Chen, Jin Zou
Nanomaterials for Fuel Cell Technology / KS Dhathathreyan, N Rajalakshmi, R Balaji
Contributions of Nanotechnology to Hydrogen Production / Sambandam Anandan, Femi Thomas Cheruvathoor, Muthupandian Ashokkumar
Nanoenhanced Materials for Photolytic Hydrogen Production / Xiuquan Gu, Shuai Yuan, Mingguo Ma, Jiefang Zhu
Human Vibration Energy Harvester with PZT / Tamil Selvan Ramadoss, Seeram Ramakrishna
Energy Consumption in Information and Communication Technology: Role of Semiconductor Nanotechnology / Victor V Zhirnov, Kota VRM Murali
Nanoenabled Materials and Coatings for Energy Applications. Nanocrystalline Bainitic Steels for Industrial Applications / C Garcia-Mateo, FG Caballero
Graphene and Graphene Oxide for Energy Storage / Edward P Randviir, Craig E Banks
Inorganic Nanotubes and Fullerene-Like Nanoparticles at the Crossroad between Materials Science and Nanotechnology and Their Applications with Regard to Sustainability / Leela S Panchakarla, Reshef Tenne
Nanotechnology, Energy, and Fractals Nature / Vojislav V Mitić, Ljubiša M Kocić, Steven Tidrow, Hans-Jörg Fecht
Magnesium Based Nanocomposites for Cleaner Transport / Manoj Gupta, Sankaranarayanan Seetharaman
Nanocomposites: A Gaze through Their Applications in Transport Industry / Kottan Renganayagalu Ravi, Jayakrishnan Nampoothiri, Baldev Raj
Semiconducting Nanowires in Photovoltaic and Thermoelectric Energy Generation / Guglielmo Vastola, Gang Zhang
Nanoliquid Metal Technology Toward High-Performance Energy Management, Conversion, and Storage / Jing Liu
IoNanofluids: Innovative Agents for Sustainable Development / Carlos Nieto de Castro, Xavier Paredes, Salomé Vieira, Sohel Murshed, Maria José Lourenço, Fernando Santos
Energy Conservation and Management. Silica Aerogels for Energy Conservation and Saving / Yamini Ananthan, Keerthi Sanghamitra K, Neha Hebalkar
Nanotechnology in Architecture / George Elvin
Nanofluids for Efficient Heat Transfer Applications / Baldev Raj, SA Angayarkanni, John Philip
Technologies, Intellectual Property, and Markets. Nanomaterials for Li-Ion Batteries: Patents Landscape and Product Scenario / Md Shakeel Iqbal, Nisha C Kalarickal, Vivek Patel, Ratnesh Kumar Gaur
Nanotechnology in Fuel Cells: A Bibliometric Analysis / Manish Sinha, Ratnesh Kumar Gaur, Harshad Karmarkar
Techno-Commercial Opportunities of Nanotechnology in Wind Energy / Vivek Patel, YR Mahajan
Environmental Remediation. Nanomaterials for the Conversion of Carbon Dioxide into Renewable Fuels and Value-Added Products / Ibram Ganesh
Nanomaterial-Based Methods for Cleaning Contaminated Water in Oil Spill Sites / Boris I Kharisov, HV Rasika Dias, Oxana V Kharissova, Yolanda Peña Méndez
Nanomaterials and Direct Air Capture of CO2 / Dirk Fransaer.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalDevarajan Thangadurai, Jeyabalan Sangeetha, Ram Prasad, editors.Summary: Nanotechnology progresses its concerts and suitability by improving its effectiveness, security and also reducing the impact and risk. Various chapters in this book are written by eminent scientists and prominent researchers in the field of nanotechnology across the world. This book is focused to put emerging techniques forward using nanoparticles for safe and nutritional food production, protecting crops from pests, increasing nutritional value and providing solutions for various environmental issues. The outcome of this book creates a path for wide usage of nanoparticles in food, agriculture and the environment fields. This book has clear and simple illustrations, tables and case studies to understand the content even by non-experts. This book especially deals with the nanotechnology for controlling plant pathogens, food packaging and preservation, agricultural productivity, waste water treatment and bioenergy production. Hence, this book can be adopted and used by many researchers and academicians in the fields of food, agriculture, environment and nanotechnology for catering the needs of sustainable future. The salient features of this book are • Describes nanotechnology as an interdisciplinary and emerging field in life sciences • Useful for researchers in the cutting edge life science related fields of nanoscience, nanobiology and nanotechnology • Deal with various problems in food, agriculture and environmental sector for sustainable solutions through the application of nanotechnology • Supported with illustrations in color, tables and case studies (wherever applicable), and • Contributed and well written by nanotechnology experts from across various disciplines.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Contributors
Chapter 1: Nanoparticles from Fungal Resources: Importance and Applications
1.1 Fungi
1.2 Nanoparticles and Nanotechnology
1.3 Properties of Nanoparticles
1.3.1 Physical Properties
1.3.2 Biological Properties
1.3.3 Medical Properties
1.3.4 Mechanical Properties
1.3.5 Optical Properties
1.3.6 Electrical Properties
1.4 Classification of Nanoparticles
1.5 Nanoparticles Synthesis
1.6 Nanoparticle Synthesis by Fungal Resources
1.6.1 Silver Nanoparticles (Ag-NPs) 1.6.2 Gold Nanoparticles (Au-NPs)
1.6.3 Other Nanoparticles
1.7 Applications of Nanoparticles
1.7.1 Catalysis
1.7.2 Wound Healing
1.7.3 Textile Fabrics
1.7.4 Vegetables and Food Preservation
1.7.5 Molecular Detection
1.8 Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: Nanoparticle-Incorporated Soy Protein Isolate Films
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Soy Protein
2.3 Nanoparticles
2.3.1 Non-functionalized/Absence of Reactive Moiety Nanoparticles
2.3.2 Functionalized/Reactive Moiety Nanoparticles
2.4 SPI as a Film 2.5 Structural and Reinforcement Effect of Nanoparticle in SPI Film
2.5.1 FTIR
2.5.2 Transmittance
2.5.3 Water Uptake
2.5.4 Mechanical Properties
2.5.5 XRD
2.5.6 SEM and TEM
2.6 Mode of Interactions Between Nanoparticles and Soy Protein
2.7 Antimicrobial Effects of Nanoparticles in Soy Protein Film
2.8 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
Chapter 3: Formulation, Characterization, and Potential Application of Nanoemulsions in Food and Medicine
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Types of Nanoemulsions
3.3 Constituents of Nanoemulsions 3.4 Methodology for the Preparation of Nanoemulsions
3.4.1 High-Energy Methods
3.4.1.1 High-Pressure Homogenizer
3.4.1.2 High Shear Stirring
3.4.1.3 Ultrasonication Method
3.4.1.4 Microfluidization
3.4.2 Low-Energy Methods
3.4.2.1 Spontaneous Nanoemulsions
3.4.2.2 Phase Inversion Method
3.4.2.3 Phase Inversion Temperature (PIT)
3.4.2.4 Phase Inversion Composition (PIC)
3.4.3 Bubble Bursting Method
3.5 Firmness of Nanoemulsions
3.6 Characterization of Nanoemulsions
3.6.1 Morphology
3.6.2 Size
3.6.3 Zeta Potential (Surface Charge) 3.6.4 Polydispersity Index (PDI)
3.6.5 Viscosity
3.6.6 Refractive Index
3.6.7 Dye Test
3.6.8 Thermodynamic Stability
3.6.8.1 Heating and Cooling Cycles
3.6.8.2 Centrifugation
3.6.8.3 Freeze and Thaw Cycles
3.7 Application of Nanoemulsions
3.7.1 Antimicrobial Nanoemulsions
3.7.2 Preventive Agents Against Bioterrorism
3.7.3 Disinfectant Cleaners
3.7.4 Nanoemulsions in Delivery of Vaccine
3.7.5 Nanoemulsions for Oral Delivery
3.7.6 Nanoemulsions in Cell Culture
3.7.7 Nanoemulsions as Ocular Drug DeliveryDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalVishnu Kirthi Arivarasan, Karthik Loganathan, Pushpamalar Janarthanan, editors.Summary: Nanomedicine is the field of science that deals with organic applications of medicine at the nanoscale level. It primarily addresses finding, anticipating, and treating sickness, as well as using nanotechnology to assist in controlling human frameworks at the cellular level. The nature of nanotechnology allows it to address numerous medical issues in humans. This book offers comprehensive information to better comprehend and apply multifunctional nanoparticles in nanomedicine, and thus open avenues in the field. Medicating at the nanolevel is an exceptional therapeutic avenue, as it avoids symptoms associated with conventional medicines. This book investigates recent insights into structuring novel drug delivery frameworks. It concentrates on the physical characteristics of drug delivery transporters, and the preliminary procedures involved in their use. The book offers in-depth detail that benefits academics and researchers alike, containing broad research from experts in the field, and serves as a guide for students and researchers in the field of nanomedicine, drug delivery, and nanotechnology.
Contents:
Preface
Nanomedicine: General Introduction from A to Z
Immunology and Nanotechnology: Effects and Affects
Role of Nanotechnology in Sensor Development
Nanotechnology in the Characterization of Cancer
Nano Vaccine
Nanotechnology in Theranostics and In Vivo Imaging
The Implication of Physical and Chemical Characterization of Therapeutic and Imaging Applications
Polymers in Nanomedicine
Delivery of Drug Payloads to Organs and Organ-Systems of Human Beings
Drug Delivery Towards Cancer
Drug Delivery Towards Malaria
Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Implant Development
Interactions Between Nano-Delivery Agents and Immune Systems
The Fate of Drug Delivery Agents after Delivery of Payload
Index. - DigitalSanjay Singh, Pawan Kumar Maurya, editors.Summary: The book introduces the basic concepts of nanotechnology and the various technologies to characterize nanomaterials. It also covers the nanostructural features of mammalian cells/tissues and related nanomechanical properties. In addition, the book comprehensively describes the current state-of-the-art and future perspectives of nanotechnology in biosensors. It also discusses the potential of nanotechnology for delivering the diverse cancer therapeutics and illustrates its limitation due to the potential toxicity associated with oxidative stress. It also highlights the ethical issues and translational aspects related to nanotechnology. Finally, it summarizes the applications of nanotechnology in animal biotechnology, the recent perspectives and future challenges of nanomedicines. The content of the book are beneficial for the undergraduate, postgraduate and doctoral students as well the professionals working in the area of nanotechnology and nanomedicines.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; Novel Therapeutics and Diagnostics Strategies Based on Engineered Nanobiomaterials; 1 Introduction; 2 Salient Features of Nanomaterials; 3 Biomedical Applications of Nanomaterials; 3.1 Bone Tissue Engineering; 3.2 Stem Cell Therapy; 3.3 Potential Therapeutics for Neurodegeneration; 3.4 Cancer Therapy; 3.5 Wound Healing Applications; 4 Drug Delivery; 4.1 Nano-emulsions; 4.2 Inorganic Nanoparticles; 4.2.1 Gold Nanoparticles (AuNPs); 4.2.2 Iron Oxide Nanoparticles (IONPs); 4.2.3 Silver Nanoparticles (AgNPs); 4.2.4 Quantum Dots (QDs) 1 Introduction1.1 Mechanism of siRNA Interference; 2 Advantages of siRNA; 2.1 Potency; 2.2 Selectivity; 2.3 Safe and Cheap Alternative; 3 Routes of Administration of siRNA; 3.1 Localized Delivery; 3.1.1 Topical Administration; 3.1.2 Ocular Administration; 3.1.3 Pulmonary Administration; 3.1.4 Gastrointestinal Administration; 3.1.5 Central Nervous System Administration; 3.1.6 Vaginal Administration; 3.2 Systemic Delivery; 3.2.1 Oral Administration; 3.2.2 Intravenous Administration; 3.2.3 Intraperitoneal Administration; 4 Major Hurdles to the Therapeutic Delivery of siRNA; 4.1 Transient Effect 3.2.2 Necrosis3.2.3 Secondary or Apoptotic Necrosis; 3.2.4 Factors Affecting Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PPTT); 3.2.5 Mechanism of Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PPTT); 4 Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy by Different Gold Nanostructures; 4.1 Gold Nanospheres; 4.2 Gold Nanorods (GNRs); 4.3 Gold Nanoshells (GNSs); 4.4 Gold Nanocages (GNCs) and Gold Nanorattles (GNRTs); 4.5 Gold Nanostars (GNSTs) and Gold Nanopopcorns (GNPs); 4.6 Gold Nanoaggregates; 5 Summary and Outlook; References; Nanomaterials-Based siRNA Delivery: Routes of Administration, Hurdles and Role of Nanocarriers 4.2 Stability4.3 Physiological Barriers; 4.4 Cellular Uptake and Endosomal Engulfing; 4.5 Off-Target Effect; 4.6 Saturation of RNAi Machinery; 4.7 Stimulation of Immune System by siRNAs; 5 Overcoming the Hurdles to siRNA Delivery Using Nanocarriers; 6 The Aid of Nanocarriers for siRNA Delivery; 6.1 Enhanced Blood Retention Time; 6.2 Enhanced Stability and Cell Penetration Property; 6.3 Site-Specific Delivery; 6.4 pH-Sensitive Trigger Release; 6.5 Avoid Intracellular Endosomal Engulfing; 7 Classification of Nanocarriers Used for Systemic Delivery of siRNA; 7.1 Organic Nanocarriers 5 Nanomaterials in Diagnostics5.1 Nanocomposites; 5.2 Nanoparticles; 5.3 Quantum Dots; 6 Conclusions and Future Prospective; References; Gold Nanostructures for Photothermal Therapy; 1 Introduction; 2 Types of Gold Nanostructures and Their Optical Properties; 2.1 Gold Nanospheres; 2.2 Gold Nanorods; 2.3 Gold Nanoshells; 2.4 Gold Nanocages and Nanorattles; 2.5 Gold Nanostars (GNSTs) and Gold Nanopopcorns (GNPs); 3 Mechanism of Heat Generation and Cell Death Induced by Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PTT); 3.1 Mechanism of Heat Generation; 3.2 Mechanism of Cell Death; 3.2.1 Apoptosis - DigitalMahendra Rai, editor.Summary: The main goal of the present book is to deal with the role of nanobiotechnology in skin, soft tissue and bone infections since it is difficult to treat the infections due to the development of resistance in them against existing antibiotics. The present interdisciplinary book is very useful for a diverse group of readers including nanotechnologists, medical microbiologists, dermatologists, osteologists, biotechnologists, bioengineers. Nanotechnology in Skin, Soft Tissue, and Bone Infections is divided into four sections: Section I- includes role of nanotechnology in skin infections such as atopic dermatitis, and nanomaterials for combating infections caused by bacteria and fungi. Section II- incorporates how nanotechnology can be used for soft-tissue infections such as diabetic foot ulcer and other wound infections; Section III- discusses about the nanomaterials in artificial scaffolds bone engineering and bone infections caused by bacteria and fungi; and also about the toxicity issues generated by the nanomaterials in general and nanoparticles in particular. The readers will be immensely enriched by the knowledge of new and emerging nanobiotechnologies in a variety of platforms.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Skin Infections
Chapter 1: Nitric Oxide-Releasing Nanomaterials and Skin Infections
1.1 Introduction
1.2 NO and Human Skin
1.3 Delivering NO to Human Skin
1.4 Nanoparticles for Dermatological Applications
1.4.1 Liposomes
1.4.2 Polymeric Nanoparticles
1.4.3 Metallic Nanoparticles
1.5 NO-Releasing Nanomaterials for Biomedical Purposes
1.5.1 NO-Releasing Nanoparticles in the Management of Skin Infection
1.5.1.1 Bacterial Infections
1.5.1.2 Fungal Infections
1.5.1.3 Parasitic Infections 1.6 Conclusions
References
Chapter 2: Metal Nanoparticle Based Antibacterial Nanocomposites for Skin Infections
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Anatomy and Physicochemical Properties of Skin
2.3 Type of Bacterial Infections in Skin
2.4 Emergence of Various Types of Metal Nanoparticles (MNPs) and Its Composites
2.5 Essences of New Class of Nanoscale Materials Suitable Against Skin Infections
2.6 Nanoscale Materials as Antibacterial Skincare Agents
2.6.1 Metal Nanoparticles
2.6.1.1 Silver Nanoparticles (Ag NPs)
2.6.1.2 Gold Nanoparticles (Au NPs)
2.6.2 Metal Oxide NPs 2.6.2.1 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles
2.6.2.2 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles
2.6.2.3 Copper Oxide Nanoparticles
2.6.2.4 Other Metal Oxide Nanoparticles
2.6.3 Nanocomposites
2.7 Proposed Mathematical Models of Penetration of NPs Through Skin
2.8 Diffusion of NPs Through Skin
2.8.1 Mathematical Model for Diffusion Through Skin
2.8.2 Metal and Metal Oxide NPs Diffusion Through Skin
2.9 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Combination Therapy Using Metal Nanoparticles for Skin Infections
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Skin Infections
3.3 Types of Skin Infections 3.3.1 Bacterial Skin Infections
3.3.2 Fungal Skin Infections
3.3.2.1 Athlete's Foot or Tinea pedis
3.3.2.2 Jock Itch or Tinea cruris
3.3.2.3 Ringworm or Tinea corporis
3.3.2.4 Yeast Infections
3.3.3 Viral Skin Infections
3.3.3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV)
3.3.3.2 Chickenpox (Varicella zoster)
3.3.3.3 Shingle (Herpes zoster)
3.3.3.4 Molluscum Contagiosum
3.3.3.5 Measles and Rubella
3.3.3.6 Hand-Foot-and-Mouth Disease
3.3.3.7 Roseola
3.3.3.8 Warts
3.3.4 Parasitic Infections
3.4 Metal and Metal Oxide Nanoparticles on Skin Infections 3.4.1 Silver Nanoparticles (AgNPs)
3.4.2 Gold Nanoparticles (AuNPs)
3.4.3 Copper Nanoparticles (CuNPs)
3.4.4 Copper Oxide Nanoparticles (CuO NPs)
3.4.5 Titanium Oxide Nanoparticles (TiO2 NPs) and Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles (ZnO NPs)
3.5 Human Skin Penetration of Metallic Nanoparticles
3.6 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Bacterial Skin Infections
3.7 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Fungal Skin Infections
3.8 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Viral Skin InfectionsDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalYasemin Gürsoy-Özdemir, Sibel Bozdağ-Pehlivan, Emine Sekerdag.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalMahendra Rai, Bushra Jamil, editors.Summary: This book is specifically designed to provide information about various nanocarriers currently developed under the emerging field of nanotheranostics for a sustained, controlled, and targeted co-delivery of diagnostic and therapeutic agents. Diverse theranostic applications of nanotechnology and their limitations are also addressed. It integrates nanobiotechnology with theranostic applications. The combined term nanotheranostics has diverse application particularly in chemotherapy and other infectious diseases. Among other topics addressed are antimicrobial resistance, targeting intra-cellular pathogens, viruses and bacteria, chemotherapy, cancer therapeutics, and inflammatory disorders. This interdisciplinary volume, Nanotheranostics, Applications and Limitations, is essential for a diverse group of readers including nanotechnologists, microbiologists, biotechnologists, bioengineering and bioprocess industry.
Contents:
Nanotheranostics: An emerging nanoscience
Green bionanomaterials: current status and future prospects in theranostics
Current status and prospects of Chitosan-metal Nanoparticles and their applications as theranostic agents
Aptamersnano complexes and aptamer based biosensors' role in ultrasensitive sensing
Nanotheranostics Approaches In Antimicrobial Resistance
Nanomaterials for selective targeting of intracellular pathogens
Impact of nanoformulations on viruses and bacteria
Theranostic potential of aptamers in antimicrobial chemotherapy
Current and future aspects of nanotheranostics in cancer therapeutics
Superparamagnetic Iron Oxide Nanoparticles (SPIONs) for Cancer Theranostic applications
Theranostic applications of Nanobiotechnology in Cancer
Aminolevulinic acid associated with nanotechnology for theranostic applications
Non-viral targeted gene delivery for inflammatory disorder: applications and limitation. - DigitalVineet Kumar, Praveen Guleria, Shivendu Ranjan, Nandita Dasgupta, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book discusses the basics of nanotoxicity and gives a detailed account of methods used for toxicity evaluation of nanomaterials. It also gives indepth coverage of the effect of different types of nanomaterials, including organic and inorganic, on various aquatic animals, microorganisms and plants, and outlines recent challenges, regulatory frameworks and advances in nanotoxicity testing.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction, Principles, and Concepts
Chapter 2. Nanomaterials and Health
Chapter 3. Safety and Utility of Nanomaterials on Reproduction and Development: an Update of Alternative Methods
Chapter 4. Nano-Toxicity to Microbes: Potential Implications of Nanomaterials on Microbial Activity
Chapter 5. Nanomaterials Causing Cellular Toxicity and Genotoxicity
Chapter 6. Exploring Microbial Nanotoxicity Against Drug Resistance in Bacteria
Chapter 7. Toxicity of Engineered Nanostructures in Aquatic Environments
Chapter 8. In Vitro Methodologies For Toxicological Assessment Of Drug Delivery Nanocarriers
Chapter 9. Impact Of Nanomaterials On The Food Chain
Chapter 10. Phytoresponse to Nanoparticles Exposure
Chapter 11. Environmental Impact and Econanotoxicity of Engineered Nanomaterials. - DigitalDayong Wang.Summary: This book focuses on the toxicity of engineered nanomaterials (ENMs) and their underlying physicochemical, cellular, physiological, and molecular mechanisms. Further, it covers ENMs' translocation and their targeted organ toxicology, and discusses chemical and pharmacological strategies used to combat nanotoxicity. Engineered nanomaterials (ENMs) are defined as materials with one or more dimensions of less than 100 nm, and have shown considerable promise in several areas of development. At the same time, the potential toxicity of ENMs for human health and environmental organisms is increasingly attracting attention. In addition to the typical properties of model animals, Caenorhabditis elegans is extremely sensitive to environmental toxicants, which makes it the ideal in vivo assay system for toxicological studies. C. elegans has been widely used in toxicity assessment and toxicological studies of environmental toxicants and stresses. This book provides a comprehensive summary of nanotoxicology research on C. elegans.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Values of C. elegans in Toxicological Study; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Raise of a Series of Useful Sublethal Endpoints for Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants; 1.3 High-Throughput Screen and Identification of Chemicals; 1.4 Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants Under Susceptible Genetic Backgrounds; 1.5 Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants at Environmentally Relevant Concentrations; 1.6 Understanding the In Vivo Physicochemical, Cellular, and Physiological Mechanisms of Toxicity Induced by Environmental Toxicants. 1.7 Elucidation of Toxicological Mechanisms of Environmental Toxicants in Certain Targeted Organs1.8 Elucidation of Underlying Molecular Mechanisms of Toxicity Induced by Environmental Toxicants; 1.9 Distribution and Translocation of Environmental Toxicants; 1.10 Confirmation of Chemical with Low-Toxicity or Non-Ưtoxicity Property; 1.11 Limitations of C. elegans in the Toxicological Study; References;
Chapter 2: Endpoints for Toxicity Assessment of Nanomaterials; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Lethality; 2.3 Morphology and Development; 2.4 Reproduction. 2.4.1 Endpoints Assessing the Development of Reproductive Organs2.4.1.1 Germline Apoptosis; 2.4.1.2 Number of Apoptotic Cells per Gonad Arm Using CED-1::GFP Transgenic Strain; 2.4.1.3 Assay of DNA Damage Using HUS-1::GFP Transgenic Strain; 2.4.1.4 Assay of 40,6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole (DAPI) Staining; 2.4.2 Endpoints Assessing the Function of Reproductive Organs; 2.4.2.1 Brood Size; 2.4.2.2 The Number of Oocytes; 2.4.2.3 Egg Ejection; 2.4.2.4 Embryonic Lethality; 2.4.3 Reproduction of Male Nematodes; 2.4.3.1 Male Formation Assay; 2.4.3.2 Abnormal Male-Specific Structures. 2.5 Neuronal Development and Function2.5.1 Neuronal Development; 2.5.1.1 Analysis of Axonal Degeneration and Neuronal Loss of D-Type GABAergic Motor Neurons; 2.5.1.2 Fluorescent Images of Certain Neurons; 2.5.2 Neuronal Function; 2.5.2.1 Movement Speed; 2.5.2.2 Locomotion Behavior; 2.5.2.3 Thermotaxis Perception and Thermotaxis Learning Assays; 2.5.2.4 Foraging Behavior Assay; 2.5.2.5 Shrinking Behavior Assay; 2.5.2.6 Neurotransmission; 2.6 Intestinal Development and Function; 2.6.1 Intestinal Development. 2.6.1.1 Analysis of Intestinal Development Based on Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Assay2.6.1.2 Analysis of Expression Patterns of Genes Required for the Control of Intestinal Development; 2.6.2 Intestinal Function; 2.6.2.1 Intestinal Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Production; 2.6.2.2 Intestinal Permeability; 2.6.3 Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.1 Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.2 Analysis and Fluorescent Images of Neurons Controlling the Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.3 Analysis of Expression Patterns of Genes Required for the Control of Defecation Behavior; 2.7 Epidermal Development. - DigitalHenriqueta Louro, Maria João Silva, editors.Summary: Since its advent, nanotechnologies are considered key enabling technologies that take advantage of a wide array of nanomaterials (NMs) for biomedical and industrial applications generating significant societal and economic benefits. However, such innovation increases human exposure to these substances through inhalation, ingestion or dermal contact raising public health concerns. Furthermore, the NMs specific physicochemical properties, that confer them unique beneficial characteristics, can also elicit nano-bio interactions leading to toxicity and concerns for public health. In addition, such properties can be affected by the surrounding matrix, particularly when incorporated in complex matrices such as food products, leading to secondary features potentially more relevant than primary characteristics for determining their toxicological outcome. These nano specific issues raise the question of whether the NMs may produce adverse outcomes that are not accounted for when using conventional toxicological approaches to assess their safety. Such uncertainties about the safety of NMs for human health and the environment may hamper a faster and more widespread exploration of their potentials. In response, the NMs definition has evolved, and nanotoxicology has developed towards new and more integrative approach methods to support regulatory and policy actions. This book provides a perspective on recent developments in the synthesis, application, and characterization of NMs and the related nanotechnologies, focusing on nanotoxicology for their accurate safety assessment early in the product development stage. The use of complex in vitro models, including multicellular systems and organoids, and "omics-based" approaches, such as transcriptomics or epigenomics, have greatly contributed to an in-depth understanding of the cellular and molecular mechanisms behind some NMs toxicity. Such mechanistic knowledge is equally addressed in this book and has set the basis for a predictive nanotoxicology approach building on adverse outcome pathways. In addition, considering the knowledge provided by the above-mentioned approaches, insights into risk assessment, standardization, and regulation of NMs are also included. Incorporating adequate nanosafety assessment early in the life-cycle of NMs will allow the implementation of the safe and sustainable-by-design paradigm enabling safety to keep pace with innovation. Chapters 10 and 15 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Contents:
Part I: Nanotechnologies: Synthesis, application and characterization of nanomaterials
Chapter 1. Challenges in Nanomaterial Characterization From Definition to Analysis (Jose Catita)
Chapter 2.Trends in the design and evaluation of polymeric nanocarriers: the in vitro nano-bio interactions (Ana Bettencourt, Lidia Goncalves)
Chapter 3. LipNanoCar technology - A versatile and scalable technology for the production of lipid nanoparticles (Vera L.R. Esgueira, Clara P.A. Lopes, Ana Catarina A. dos Santos, Fatima C.R.V. Pinto, Silvia A. Sousa, Dragana P.C. de Barros, Jorge H. Leitao, Luis P. Fonseca)
Chapter 4. Dermal delivery of lipid nanoparticles: Effects on skin and assessment of absorption and safety (Fatima Pinto, Luis P. Fonseca, Dragana P.C. de Barros)
Chapter 5. Targeting cancer by using nanoparticles to modulate Rho GTPase signalling (Paulo Matos, Joana F. S. Pereira and Peter Jordan)
Chapter 6. Nanocelluloses: production, characterization and market (Paulo J. T. Ferreira, Ana F. Lourenco)
Part II: Nanotoxicology: concepts and methodologies for toxicity evaluation of the nanomaterials
Chapter 7. Nanotoxicology assessment and safety aspects of nanocelluloses for 3D bioprinting applications (Gary Chinga-Carrasco, Jennifer Rosendahl, and Julia Catalan)
Chapter 8. New "omics" approaches as a tool to explore mechanistic nanotoxicology (Celia Ventura, Vukosava Torres, Luis Vieira, Bruno Gomes, Antonio Sebastiao Rodrigues, Jose Rueff, Deborah Penque, Maria Joao Silva)
Chapter 9. Epigenetic mechanisms in understanding nanomaterial-induced toxicity (Manosij Ghosh, Lode Godderis, Peter Hoet)
Chapter 10. Cellular and molecular mechanisms of toxicity of ingested nanomaterials (Adriana Vieira, Ana Gramacho, Dora Rolo, Nadia Vital, Maria Joao Silva, Henriqueta Louro)
Chapter 11. Nanomaterial-induced extra-pulmonary health effects - the importance of next generation physiologically relevant in vitro test systems for the future of nanotoxicology (Ali Kermanizadeh, Gwyndaf Roberts)
Chapter 12. Drosophila as a suitable in vivo model in the safety assessment of nanomaterials (Esref Demir, Fatma Turna Demir, and Ricard Marcos)
Chapter 13. Toxicological aspects of iron oxide nanoparticles (Natalia Fernandez-Bertolez,b, Carla Costa, Fatima Brandao, Joao Paulo Teixeira, Eduardo Pasaro, Vanessa Valdiglesias, Blanca Laffon)
Chapter 14. Hazard assessment of benchmark metallic nanomaterials through a set of in vitro genotoxicity assays (Nadia Vital, Mariana Pinhao, Naouale El Yamani, Elise Ruden-Pran, Henriqueta Louro, Maria Dusinska, Maria Joao Silva)
Part III: Towards the risk assessment and regulation of nanomaterials
Chapter 15. Nanomaterials, a new challenge in the workplace (Ana Rita Alberto, Cristina Matos, Gabriel Carmona-Aparicio, Muriel Iten)
Chapter 16. Nanomaterials in foods and human digestion: an important layer in the assessment of potential toxic effects (Carla Martins, Paula Alvito, Ricardo Assuncao)
Chapter 17. Adverse Outcome Pathways (AOPs) development, a tool for predictive nanotoxicology (Dora Rolo, Ana Tavares, Nadia Vital, Maria Joao Silva and Henriqueta Louro). - DigitalMeeta Goswami, S.R. Pandi-Perumal, Michael J. Thorpy, editors.Contents:
Section I
Etiology
1. The Genetics of Narcolepsy
2. Orexin (Hypocretin) and Narcolepsy
3. Precipitants of Narcolepsy: Vaccines and Infections
Section II
Clinical Considerations
4. Epidemiology of Narcolepsy
5. Diagnostic Criteria and Delay in Diagnosis of Narcolepsy
6. Narcolepsy in Childhood
7. Narcolepsy in the Older Adult
8. Hypnagogic Hallucinations and Sleep Paralysis
9. Symptomatic Narcolepsy or Hypersomnia, with and without Hypocretin (Orexin) Deficiency
10. Hypersomnias Other than Narcolepsy: Differential Diagnosis
11. Narcolepsy and Other Comorbid Medical Illnesses
12. Sleep Disorders Comorbidities in Narcolepsy and their Management
13. Neuroimaging of Narcolepsy
Section III
Psychosocial Considerations
14. Quality of Life and Psychosocial Issues in Narcolepsy: Implications for Management
15. Narcolepsy, Intimacy and Sexuality
16. Memory and Cognition in Narcolepsy
17. Psychoanalysis and Narcolepsy
18. Dreaming in Narcolepsy
19. Narcolepsy and Mental Illness
20. Narcolepsy, Driving and Traffic Safety
Section IV
Management
21. Overview of Management of Narcolepsy
22. Modes of Action of Drugs Related to Narcolepsy: Pharmacology of Wake-Promoting Compounds and Anticataplectics
23. Modafinil/Armodafinil in the Treatment of Narcolepsy
24. Sodium Oxybate in the Treatment of Narcolepsy
25. Pregnancy and Anaesthesia in Narcolepsy
26. Emerging Treatments for Narcolepsy
27. Behavioral and Non-Pharmacological Management of Narcolepsy
Section V
Health Care Delivery and Medico-Legal Considerations
28. Narcolepsy and Developmental Disability
29. Succeeding in School and in the Workplace with Narcolepsy
30. Medico-Legal Aspects of Disability in Narcolepsy
31. The Affordable Care Act and the Future of Sleep Medicine.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalNarrating Patienthood : Engaging Diverse Voices on Health, Communication, and the Patient Experienceedited by Peter M. Kellett.Contents:
Introduction
Narrating patienthood: voicing, empowering, advocating
Narratives of patient experience
From stories to discoveries
Cultural communication competency as a two-way street
If I die, who will tell their stories?
Narrating patienthood: differences that matter
African Americans and hospice care
"Can you please direct me to a doctor that has a heart?"
Exploring the effects of patient-provider communication on the lives of women with vulvodynia
Queer patienthood
An autoethnographic account of navigating patienthood as a person with hearing impairment
Narrating patienthood: intersections of communication and the personal, relational, professional, and cultural
From consumer to community-based researcher
The gendered nature of generosity in post-hysterectomy "dear honey" letters
The narrative journey and decision-making process of plastic surgery patienthood
Narrative sense-making in systemic lupus erthematosus
Healthy mother, healthy baby
Ableist Biases
Index
About the contributors.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2019] - Printedited by Jessica Bylander ; foreword by Abraham Verghese, MD.Summary: "This second edition features a new collection of thirty-two essays previously published in the Narrative Matters section of the journal Health Affairs in recent years. As in the first edition, the essays are divided into topical areas such as the doctor-patient relationship, health care delivery and reform, care for aging patients, and the opioid crisis. The book could be adopted for courses on medical humanities or narrative medicine. The essays are written by some of the leading popular writers in health care today"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The practice of medicine
Medical innovation and research
Patient-centered care
The doctor-patient relationship
Disparities and discrimination
Aging and end-of-life care
Maternity and childbirth
Opioids and substance abuse. - DigitalMaria Giulia Marini.Contents:
Evidence-based medicine and narrative medicine: a harmonic couple
Bridging from mythology to contemporary care: the art of listening
Bridging from oral tradition to writing: the art of empathy
The Tower of Babel: the language of physicians, patients, and providers of care
Patient's narrative as a probe for successful coping
The muted desire for well-being and the abuse of the word "normality" in medicine
Bridging the gap between personalization of care and research
The place of illness-centred movies in medical humanities
Designing health care based on patient's needs and rights
Building a bridge between economic investment and medical humanities: the fears to overcome
A selection of narratives
Glossary: a tool to bridge the gap between medical humanities, medical science, health-care organization, and health-care economics.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJun Ma, Nancy Y. Lee, Jiade J. Lu, editors.Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance that will assist radiation oncologists during the day-to-day management of nasopharyngeal cancer. After discussion of diagnosis and staging, target delineation techniques and treatment planning are described for both intensity-modulated and particle radiation therapy. Detailed information is then presented on the application of radiation therapy in different disease settings, from early stage disease to metastatic disease. Due attention is paid to the role of multimodality treatment and new and advanced technologies in particular circumstances, such as local recurrence. In addition, follow-up and the management of late toxicities are explained and management strategies are documented for special situations and groups, including pediatric patients. The book is published within the Springer series Practical Guides in Radiation Oncology. Like other volumes in the series, it is designed for hands-on use by both radiation oncology residents and practicing radiation oncologists. It will also be of value for head and neck physicians.
Contents:
1.Diagnosis Staging of Nasopharyngeal Cancer
2.Contouring Methods and Atlas of Organs at Risk
3.Management of neck disease in early stage disease
4.Multimodality Management for Locally Advanced Nasopharyngeal Cancer
5.Intesity-modulated radiation therapy for Nasopharyngeal Cancer
6.Particle beam radiation therapy for Nasopharyngeal Cancer
7.Treatment of Metastatic Nasopharyngeal Cancer
8.Salvage radiation therapy for locally recurrent Nasopharyngeal Cancer
9.The Use of the EBV Blood Test in Clinical Management Decision
10.Management of Radiotherapy Induced Acute Toxicities
11.Management of Radiation-induced Late Complications and Evidence-based Surveillance for Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma
12.Special Consideration in Pediatric Nasopharyngeal Cancer. - Digitaleditors, Sue S. Yom, Joseph Wee.Contents:
Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : management strategies / Sue S. Yom & Joseph Wee
Epidemiology of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Yoke Lim Soong & Ivan Weng Keong Tham
Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : imaging / Eric Y.S. Ting, Chih Ching Choong & Vincent F.H. Chong
Nasopharyngeal cancer staging / John Kim
Early-stage nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Henry CK Sze, Ka On Lam & Anne W.M. Lee
Management of locally and regionally advanced nasopharyngeal carcinoma with chemoradiotherapy / Benjamin H. Lok & Nancy Y. Lee
Management of the node negative neck in early-stage nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Francis C.H. Ho & Jiade J. Lu
Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : staging work-up and surveillance / Azita S. Khorsandi & Kenneth Hu
Oligometastatic disease / Amy T.Y. Chang, Oscar S.H. Chan, Simon S. Lo & Wai Tong Ng
Salvage treatment for local recurrence / Dora L.W. Kwong & Jimmy Y.W. Chan
Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : distant metastasis / Wu-Meng Tan & Darren Wan-Teck Lim
Epstein-Barr virus diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities in nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Radha Raghupathy, Edwin Pun Hui & Anthony T.C. Chan
Emerging molecular targets in the treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Herbert H. Loong & Lillian L. Siu
Survivorship and quality of life after treatment for nasopharyngeal cancer / Minh Tam Truong
Ask the experts : maximizing the therapeutic ratio in the treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Sue S. Yom & Joseph Wee
Multiple choice questions : answers. - Digital[edited by] Isam Alobid, Paolo Castelnuovo.Contents:
Nasal anatomy / Alfonso García-Piñero, Eugenio Cárdenas, Ariel Kaen, Juan Antonio Simal-Julian
Nasal physiology / Jonathan Frankel, Emily Hrisomalos, Steven M. Houser
Nasal septum and nasal wall vascularization / Juan R. Gras-Cabrerizo, Juan Ramón Gras Albert, Elena Garcia-Garrigós, Humbert Massegur-Solench
Nasal perforation etiology / Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Cristobal Langdon, Francesca Jaume, Isam Alobid
Systemic diseases associated with septal perforation / Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Cristobal Langdon, Alfonso Santamaría, Isam Alobid
Preoperative clinical evaluation of patient / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo
Conservative treatment / Arturo Cordero Castillo, Mauricio López-Chacón, Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
Nasal perforation and septal prosthesis / Meritxell Valls, Alfonso Santamaría, Isam Alobid
Free grafts / Hesham A.K.A. Mansour
Repair of nasal septal perforation by using middle turbinate flap / Deniz Hanci, Huseyin Altun
Inferior turbinate flap / Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
Lateral nasal wall flap / Cristobal Langdon, Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Alfonso Santamaría, Paula Mackers, Isam Alobid
Anterior ethmoidal artery septal flap / Paolo Castelnuovo, Fabio Ferreli, Pietro Palma
Unilateral mucosal advancement flap / Jung Soo Kim, Sung Jae Heo
Bilateral cross-over flap technique / Shirley Shizue Nagata Pignatari, Aldo Cassol Stamm, Leonardo Balsalobre
Bilateral septal mucosal flaps in septal perforations / José J. Letort
Unilateral nasal floor and inferior meatus flap / Meritxell Valls Mateus, Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
Facial artery musculomucosal flap / Tareck Ayad, Philippe Lavigne, Ilyes Berania
'Slide and patch' technique / Michele Cassano
Backward extraction-reposition technique of quadrangular cartilage / Ignazio Tasca, Giacomo Ceroni Compadretti
Pericranial flap and endoscopic septal repair / Alfonso Santamaría, Cristobal Langdon, Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Isam Alobid
Quality of life / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo
Endoscopic repair for septal perforation : algorithm / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2017 - PrintPrint
- PrintPrint
- Digital/PrintWorld Health Organization.Summary: "This manual serves as a step-by-step practical reference to support countries in building capacity for integrating health inequality monitoring into their health information systems. It presents a range of World Health Organization tools and resources developed for measuring and reporting health inequality"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Determine scope of the monitoring
Obtain data
Analyse data
Report results
Implement changes.Digital Access WHO 2017 - Digital[edited by] Scott J. Gilbert, Daniel E. Weiner ; associate editors, Debbie S. Gipson, Mark A. Perazella, Marcello Tonelli.Contents:
Overview of kidney function and structure
Kidney development
Assessment of glomerular filtration rate in acute and chronic settings
Urinalysis and urine microscopy
Hematuria and proteinuria
Kidney imaging
Hyponatremia and hypoosmolar disorders
Hypernatremia
Edema and the clinical use of diuretics
Disorders of potassium metabolism
Disorders of mineral matabolism: calcium, phosphorus, and magnesium
Approach to acid-base disorders
Metabolic acidosis
Metabolis alkalosis
Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis
Glomerular clinicopathologic syndromes
Minimal change disease
Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
Membranous nephropathy
Immunoglobulin A nephropathy and related disorders
Goodpasture syndrome and other antiglomerular basement membrane diseases
Postinfectious glomerulonephritis
Kidney involvement in systemic vasculitis
Kidney manifestations of systemic lupus erythematosus
Pathogenesis, pathophysiology, and treatment of diabetic nephropathy
Dysproteinemias and amyloidosis
Thrombotic microangiopathies
Viral nephropathies: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis C virus and hepatitis B virus
Acute cardiorenal syndrome
Hepatorenal syndrome and other liver-related kidney deseases
Kidney incancers
Pathophysiology of acute kidney injury
Clinical approach to the diagnosis of acute kidney injury
Acute tubular injury and tubular necrosis
Acute interstitial nephritis
Management of acute kidney injury
Kidney disease causes by therapeutic agents
Principles of drug therapy in patients with reduced kidney function
Genetically based renal transport disorders
Sickle cell nephropathy
Polycystic and other cystic kidney diseases
Nephronophthisis and medullary cystic kidney disease
Alport syndrome and related disorders
Fabry diseases
Chronic tubulointerstitial disease
Obstructive uropathy
Nephrolithiasis
Urinary tract infection and pylenonephritis
Kidney in infants and children
Kidney in pregnancy
Kidney disease in the elderly
Pathophysiology of chronic kidney diseases
Staging and management of chronic kidney disease
Nutrition and kidney diseases
Bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
Cardiac function and cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
Anemia and other hematologic complications of chronic kidney disease
Hemodialysis
Peritoneal dialysis
Outcomes of kidney replacement therapies
Selection of prospective kidney transplant recipients and donors
Posttransplantation monitoring and oucomes
Immunosuppression in transplantation
Infectious complications of kidney transplantation
Pathogenesis of hypertension
Evaluation and management of hypertension
Secondary hypertension.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2013 - Digital[edited by] Scott J. Gilbert, Daniel E. Weiner ; associate editors, Andrew Bomback, Mark A. Perazella, Marcello Tonelli.Summary: "Ideal for residency, fellowship, clinical practice, and board review, the National Kidney Foundation's Primer on Kidney Diseases, 7th Edition, by Drs. Scott J. Gilbert and Daniel E. Weiner, offers comprehensive coverage of adult and pediatric kidney diseases in an authoritative, practical resource. Well organized and highly readable, it covers every relevant topic in the field, from anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology, to diagnosis and management of kidney disease, to fluid and electrolyte disorders, hypertension, dialysis, and renal transplantation"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Structure and function of the kidney. Overview of kidney structure and function
Kidney development
Assessment of kidney function in acute and chronic settings
Urinalysis and urine microscopy
Hematuria and proteinuria
Imaging the kidneys
Acid/base and electrolytes. Hyponatremia and hypoosmolar disorders
Hypernatremia
Volume, edema and the clinical use of diuretics
Disorders of potassium metabolism
Disorders of calcium, phosphorus, & magnesium homeostasis
Approach to acid-base disorders
Metabolic acidosis
Metabolic alkalosis
Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis
Glomerular diseases. Glomerular clinicopathologic syndromes
Minimal change nephrotic syndrome
Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
Membranous nephropathy
Immunoglobulin a nephropathy and related disorders
Kidney in systemic diseases. Complement-mediated glomerulonephritis and thrombotic microangiopathy
Infection-related glomerulonephritis
Viral nephropathies: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis c virus, and hepatitis B virus
Kidney involvement in systemic vasculitis
Systemic lupus erythematosus and the kidney
Pathogenesis, pathophysiology, and treatment of diabetic nephropathy
The kidney in malignancy
Myeloma, amyloid and other dysproteinemias
Acute cardiorenal syndrome
Hepatorenal syndrome and other liver-related kidney diseases
Acute kidney injury. Clinical approach to the diagnosis of acute kidney injury
Acute tubular injury and acute tubular necrosis
Acute interstitial nephritis
Management of acute kidney injury
Drugs and the kidney. Kidney disease caused by therapeutic agents
Principles of drug therapy in patients with reduced kidney function
Hereditary kidney disease. Genetics and kidney disease (APOL1)
Genetically based renal transport disorders
Sickle cell nephropathy
Polycystic and other cystic kidney diseases
Nephronophthisis and medullary cystic kidney disease
Alport's syndrome and thin basement membrane Dz
Fabry disease
Tubulointerstitial diseases. Chronic tubulointerstitial disease
Obstructive uropathy
Nephrolithiasis
Urinary tract infection and pyelonephritis
Special circumstances. Kidney diseases in infants and children
The kidney in pregnancy
Kidney disease in the elderly
Global kidney disease
Chronic kidney disease. Development and progression of chronic kidney disease
Staging and management of chronic kidney disease
Nutrition and kidney disease
Bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
Cardiac function and cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
Anemia and other hematologic complications of chronic kidney disease
Dialysis and transplantation. Hemodialysis and hemofiltration
Peritoneal dialysis
Outcome of end-stage renal disease therapies
Selection of prospective kidney transplant recipients and donors
Post-transplantation monitoring and outcomes
Immunosuppression
Transplant infectious disease
Hypertension. Pathogenesis of hypertension
Evaluation and management of hypertension
Secondary hypertension.Digital Access - DigitalScott J. Gilbert, MD; Daniel E. Weiner, MD, MS; Andrew S. Bomback, MD, MPH; Mark A. Perazella, MD, MS; Dena E. Rifkin, MD, MS.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalAnnie Burke-Doe, PT, MPT, PhD, Professor, West Coast University, Los Angeles, California, Mark Dutton, PT.:Summary: "A fresh, new student-friendly physical therapy board review text National Physical Therapy Exam Review provides students with an outstanding review of entry level physical therapy concepts and principles. Following the human movement system and component elements such as anatomic structure and physiological function , the text is enhanced by innovative pedagogy and 1,000 questions (in print and online) that simulate the Physical Therapy Blueprint Practice Exam. Throughout the book, there is an emphasis on clinical application necessary to ensure safe and effective patient care. Follows the APTA's new vision which optimizes movement to improve the human experience. 1,000 exam review questions (in print and online). Numerous figures and tables. Pedagogy includes key terms, skill keeper questions (which prompt students to review previous material), clinical, scenarios, and chapter-ending questions"-- Provided by publisher. "This manual is your guide to prepare you for the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) and earning your licensure. This guide includes insight from professional Physical Therapists on each component of the exam encompassing a review of NPTE content to best prepare you for successful exam results. This exam covers a broad range of topics from special populations to the body's main organ systems and how they interact to non-system components outlining professional responsibilities and ethics"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Cardiac, Vascular, and Pulmonary Systems
Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Physical Therapy
Chapter 3: Neuromuscular Physical Therapy
Chapter 4: Integumentary System
Chapter 5: Metabolic and Endocrine Systems
Chapter 6: Gastrointestinal System
Chapter 7: Genitourinary System
Chapter 8: Non-Systems
Chapter 9: Special Topics: Geriatrics
Chapter 10: Special Topics: Pediatrics.Digital Access - Print
- Digital/PrintDivision of Health Resources Utilization Statistics.Digital Access
- Digital/PrintBachman, Jerald G.; Johnston, Lloyd D.; O'Malley, Patrick M.Contents:
Vol. 1. Secondary school students
v. 2. College students and young adults.Digital Access - DigitalUri Galili, PhD.Contents:
Anti-gal in humans and its antigen the ?-gal epitope
Why do we produce anti-gal
Anti-gal comprises most of anti-blood group b antibodies
Anti-gal interaction with Trypansoma, Leishmania, and Plasmodium parasites
Anti-gal b cells are tolerized by a ?-gal epitopes in the absence of t cell help
Anti-gal and other immune barriers in xenotransplantation
Anti-gal IgE mediates allergies to red meat
Anti-gal and autoimmunity
Anti-gal-mediated amplification of viral vaccine efficacy
Cancer immunotherapy by anti-gal-mediated in situ conversion of tumors into autologous vaccines
Anti-gal as cancer cell destroying antibody and as antibiotics targeted by ?-gal bifunctional molecules
Acceleration of wound and burn healing by anti-gal/?-gal nanoparticles interaction
Anti-gal and anti-non gal antibodies in regeneration of extracellular matrix bio-implants
Post infarction regeneration of ischemic myocardium by intramyocardial injection of ?-gal nanoparticles
Regeneration of injured spinal cord and peripheral nerves by ?-gal nanoparticles
Inhalation of ?-gal/sialic acid liposomes for decreasing influenza virus infection.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Uma Rani Sinniah, editors.Summary: Bioactive compounds produced by natural sources, such as plants, microbes, endophytic fungi, etc., can potentially be applied in various fields, including agriculture, biotechnology and biomedicine. Several bioactive compounds have proved to be invaluable in mediating plant-microbe interactions, and promoting plant growth and development. Due to their numerous health-promoting properties, these compounds have been widely used as a source of medication since ancient times. However, there is an unprecedented need to meet the growing demand for natural bioactive compounds in the flavor and fragrance, food, and pharmaceutical industries. Moreover, discovering new lead molecules from natural sources is essential to overcoming the rising number of new diseases. In this regard, natural bioactive compounds hold tremendous potential for new drug discovery. Therefore, this field of research has become a vital area for researchers interested in understanding the chemistry, biosynthetic mechanisms, and pharmacological activities of these bioactive metabolites. This book describes the basics of bioactive plant compounds, their chemical properties, and their pharmacological biotechnological properties with regard to various human diseases and applications in the drug, cosmetics and herbal industries. It offers a valuable asset for all students, educators, researchers, and healthcare experts involved in agronomy, ecology, crop science, molecular biology, stress physiology, and natural products.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Production and Application of Novel of Bio-active Compounds by Endophytic Microbes
Chapter 2. Endophytes
The Unmapped Repository For Natural Products
Chapter 3. Microbial Hosts as a Promising Platform for Polyphenols Production
Chapter 4. Endolichenic fungi From Common Lichens as New Sources for Valuable Bio-active Compounds
Chapter 5. Strategic Approaches for the Purification of Glycosides from Natural Sources
Chapter 6. Natural Products-Based Pancreatic Lipase Inhibitors for Obesity Treatment
Chapter 7. Natural compounds extracted from medicinal plants and their applications
Chapter 8. Seed Oils as a Source of Natural Bioactive Compounds
Chapter 9. Essential Oils Extracted from Medicinal Plants and their Applications
Chapter 10. Cellulose-based hydrogels: Present and Future
Chapter 11. Influence of Elicitors and Eustressors on the Production of Plant Secondary Metabolites
Chapter 12. KRAS as potential target in colorectal cancer therapy
Chapter 13. Recent insights on the anticancer properties of flavonoids: Prospective candidates for cancer chemoprevention and therapy
Chapter 14. Natural Compounds Extracted from Moringa oleifera and their Agricultural Applications
Chapter 15. Natural compound from genus Brassica and their therapeutical activities
Chapter 16. Antibacterial and Antifungal Agents of Higher Plants
Chapter 17. Bio-active Compounds Isolated from Neem tree and their Applications
Chapter 18. Role of Plant Secondary Metabolites as Antidiabetic Agents
Chapter 19. Plant metabolites and Pharmacological activities of Leptadenia pyrotechnica (Forssk.) Decne
Chapter 20. Functioning of Organosulfur Compounds from Garlic (Allium sativum Linn) in targeting risk factors mediated Atherosclerosis: A Crosstalk between Alternative and Modern Medicine
Chapter 21. Biological activities and nutritional value of Physalis peruviana L
Chapter 22. Yield, Chemical Composition and Biological Evaluation of the Essential Oil of Baccharis Milleflora in the Atlantic Rain Forest of the Paraná State in Brazil.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMallappa Kumara Swamy, Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, editors.Summary: Nature has consistently provided human beings with bioactive compounds that can be used directly as drugs or indirectly as drug leads. Some of the major classes of natural bioactive compounds include phenolics, alkaloids, tannins, saponins, lignin, glycosides, terpenoids, and many more. They possess a broad range of biological activities and are primarily useful in the treatment of various health issues. At the same time, the search for new and novel drugs is never-ending and, despite major advances in synthetic chemistry, nature remains an essential resource for drug discovery. Therefore, more and more researchers are interested in understanding the chemistry, clinical pharmacology, and beneficial effects of bioactive compounds in connection with solving human health problems. This book presents a wealth of information on natural metabolites that have been or are currently being used as drugs or leads for the discovery of new drugs. In addition, it highlights the importance of natural products against various human diseases, and their applications in the drug, nutraceuticals, cosmetics and herbal industries. Accordingly, the book offers a valuable resource for all students, educators, and healthcare experts involved in natural product research, phytochemistry, and pharmacological research.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Secondary Metabolites from Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis L.): Structure, Biochemistry and Therapeutic Implications against Neurodegenerative Diseases
Chapter 2. The role of plant metabolites in drug discovery: Current challenges and future perspectives
Chapter 3. Current insights on the role of terpenoids as anticancer agents: a perspective on cancer prevention and treatment
Chapter 4. Myristica fragrans Houtt.: Botanical, Pharmacological and Toxicological Aspects
Chapter 5. Coscinium fenestratum: A Review on Phytochemicals and Pharmacological Properties
Chapter 6. Computationally Designed Recombinant-DNA-Based Compounds Production Driven in Plants during Secondary Metabolism and Their Implication in Anti-Malaria Therapies
Chapter 7. Curcumin-Loaded Nanoparticles and Their Potential as Anticancer Agents in Breast Cancer
Chapter 8. Techniques for Extraction, Isolation and Standardization of Bioactive Compounds from Medicinal Plants
Chapter 9. Phytotherapeutics: The Substitutes for Glioblastoma multiforme
Chapter 10. Cosmetic Potential of Natural Products: Industrial Applications
Chapter 11. Natural Compounds Extracted from Medicinal Plants and Their Applications in the Treatment of Diabetes and Hypertension
Chapter 12. Plant Metabolites as New Leads to Drug Discovery
Chapter 13. Natural Compounds Extracted from Medicinal Plants and their Applications in Cardiovascular and Kidney Diseases
Chapter 14. Therapeutic Potential of Plant Polyphenolics and Their Mechanistic Action against Various Diseases
Chapter 15. Phytochemical Aspects of Medicinal Plants of North-East India to Improve the Gynecological Disorders: An Update
Chapter 16. Bio-active compounds from Unani medicinal plants and their application in Urolithiasis
Chapter 17. Therapeutic Potential of Rhizomatous Plants used in Unani Medicare System
Chapter 18. Extraction Techniques for Plant based Bioactive Compounds. - Digitaledited by Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy.Summary: Natural bioactive compounds have become an integral part of plant-microbe interactions geared toward adaptation to environmental changes. They regulate symbiosis, induce seed germination, and manifest allelopathic effects, i.e., they inhibit the growth of competing plant species in their vicinity. In addition, the use of natural bioactive compounds and their products is considered to be suitable and safe in e.g. alternative medicine. Thus, there is an unprecedented need to meet the increasing demand for plant secondary metabolites in the flavor and fragrance, food, and pharmaceutical industries. However, it is difficult to obtain a constant quantity of compounds from the cultivated plants, as their yield fluctuates due to several factors including genotypic variations, the geography, edaphic conditions, harvesting and processing methods. Yet familiarity with these substances and the exploration of various approaches could open new avenues in their production. This book describes the basis of bioactive plant compounds, their mechanisms and molecular actions with regard to various human diseases, and their applications in the drug, cosmetic and herbal industries. Accordingly, it offers a valuable resource for students, educators, researchers, and healthcare experts involved in agronomy, ecology, crop science, molecular biology, stress physiology, and natural products.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Bioactive Peptides: Role in Plant Growth and Defense
Chapter 2. Linking Omics Approaches to Medicinal Plants and Human Health
Chapter 3. Application of Biotechnology in Producing Plant Bio-active Compounds
Chapter 4. Transgenic plant cell cultures: A promising approach for secondary metabolites production
Chapter 5. An Insight into Biotechnological Approaches Used for Improvement and Secondary Metabolites for Medicinal Aquatic Plant Water hyssop (Bacopa monnieri L.)
Chapter 6. Prospects for the Use of Plant cell culture as alternatives to produce secondary metabolites
Chapter 7. Biotechnological exercises in the production of secondary metabolites and its significance in health care practices
Chapter 8. Salient biotechnological interventions in saffron (Crocus sativus L.), a major source of bioactive apocarotenoids
Chapter 9. Recent advances in extraction, characterization and potential use of Citral
Chapter 10. Hairy root cultures as an alternative source for the production of high-value secondary metabolites
Chapter 11. Plant Cell Culture as Alternatives to Produce Secondary Metabolites
Chapter 12. Metabolic Engineering Strategies for Enhancing the Production of Bioactive Compounds from Medicinal Plants
Chapter 13. Enhancement of Rosmarinic Acid Content by Biotechnological Approaches and Metabolic Engineering. - DigitalJoginder Singh, Ajar Nath Yadav, editors.Summary: This book discusses various aspects of bioactive natural products employed in the agrochemical and agriculture sectors. It covers the use of plants, microorganisms, and microbial metabolites as eco-friendly, cost-effective, and sustainable alternatives to chemicals in the field of agriculture. Written by active researchers and academics, the book highlights state-of-art products in the field, as well as the gaps, challenges, and obstacles associated with the use of plants, microbes and their products. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for the scientific community and professionals in enterprises wanting insights into the latest developments and advances in the context of biological products, including their applications, traditional uses, modern practices, and strategies to harness their full potential.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Editors and Contributors
About the Editors
Contributors
1: Natural Metabolites: An Eco-friendly Approach to Manage Plant Diseases and for Better Agriculture Farming
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Role of Natural Plant Products in Disease Management
1.2.1 Coumarins
1.2.2 Tannins or Gallotannin
1.2.3 Alkaloids
1.2.4 Terpenoids
1.3 Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)
1.4 Fungi as Biocontrol Agents
1.5 Role of Mycorrhizae in Disease Management
1.6 Management of Plant Diseases Caused by Plant Parasitic Nematodes 1.6.1 Paecilomyces lilacinus
1.6.2 Trichoderma spp.
1.6.3 Pochonia chlamydosporia
1.6.4 Mycorrhizal Fungi
1.6.5 Pasteuria penetrans
1.6.6 Pseudomonas fluorescens
1.6.7 Endophytic Bacteria
1.6.8 Entomopathogenic Nematodes
1.7 Future Prospects
1.8 Conclusion
References
2: Plant Disease Management by Bioactive Natural Products
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Types of Bioactive Natural Products
2.2.1 Microbial-Derived Natural Products
2.2.2 Plant-Derived Natural Products
2.2.3 Algal-Derived Natural Products
2.2.4 Marine-Derived Natural Products 2.3 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
3: Biological Control Agents: Diversity, Ecological Significances, and Biotechnological Applications
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Types of Interactions Contributing to Biological Control
3.3 Types of Biological Control Agents (BCA)
3.4 Mechanisms Involved for Biological Control
3.5 Ecological Significances of Biological Control Agents
3.6 Recent Advances and Genetic Engineering in the Biological Control Applications
3.6.1 Genetic Modification for Developing Resistance Against Fungicides 3.6.2 Genetic Modification for Developing Hypovirulence
3.6.3 Enhancement in Bacteriocins Synthesis
3.6.4 Enhancement in Siderophore Synthesis
3.6.5 Enhancement in Antibiotic Synthesis
3.6.6 Enhancement in Lytic Enzyme Synthesis
3.6.7 Enhanced Root Colonization Ability
3.7 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
4: Role of the Potent Microbial Based Bioagents and Their Emerging Strategies for the Ecofriendly Management of Agricultural Phytopathogens
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Merits and Demerits of Biological Control Agents (BCA) 4.3 Mechanisms Adopted by Biological Control Agents
4.3.1 Microbial Antagonisms
4.3.2 Parasitism
4.3.3 Competition
4.3.4 Production of Antimicrobial Compounds
4.3.4.1 Antibiotics
4.3.4.2 Iron-Chelating Siderophores
4.3.4.3 Biocidal Volatiles
4.3.4.4 Lytic Enzymes (Chitinases and Glucanases)
4.3.4.5 Detoxification of Virulence Factors
4.4 Priming and Induced Systemic Resistance
4.5 Emerging Biocontrol Strategies
4.5.1 Usage of Plant Exudates to Attract Beneficial Biocontrol Microbes - Digital/PrintNeville Vassallo, editor.Summary: This edited volume concerns a group of devastating neurological disorders that share a common pathological mechanism, namely the aggregation and deposition of insoluble, proteinaceous lesions, termed 'amyloid'. Examples of cerebral amyloid disorders include common neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer's disease-related dementia and Parkinson's disease, as well as other less prevalent conditions like Huntington's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy and the transmissible prion disorders. A disease-modifying therapeutic agent is still lacking for all these diseases, and there are no approved therapies that target amyloid formation directly. Nevertheless, a large and complex group of natural aromatic compounds known as polyphenols are rapidly emerging as potentially potent anti-amyloidogenic agents. This book collectively presents a considerable body of experimental and epidemiological evidence from peer-reviewed scientific publications that support a role for natural compounds and herbal extracts in the chemoprevention and therapy of amyloidogenic disorders. Each contribution is written by scientific experts in the relevant field; chapters are devoted to Mediterranean diet and olive oil phenols, traditional Chinese medicine, herbal extracts, polyphenols (with a particular emphasis on epigallocatechin-3-gallate) and bi-flavonoids, amongst others. The topic of this book is relevant to a wide audience, from academia and university students in the biological and chemical sciences, to physicians and allied health professionals, as well as people working in the nutraceutical industry.
Contents:
Olive Oil Phenols as Promising Multi-targeting Agents against Alzheimer's disease
Alzheimer's disease, Drosophila melanogaster and Polyphenols
Biflavonoids as Potential Small Molecule Therapeutics for Alzheimer's disease
Natural Phenolic Compounds as Therapeutic and Preventive Agents for Cerebral Amyloidosis.- Brain Food for Alzheimer-free Ageing: Focus on Herbal Medicines
Tea Polyphenols in Parkinson's disease
The Effect of (-)-Epigallo-catechin-(3)-gallate on Amyloidogenic Proteins Suggests a Common Mechanism.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMichael von Wolff, editor.Summary: This practical book focuses on the most recent advances in natural cycle and minimal stimulation in vitro fertilization (IVF). The volume presents the steps that need to be followed to successfully perform these techniques and covers all aspects and competences involved. The book provides information on physiology of folliculogenesis, ovulation, oocytes and luteal phase and based on this information on clinical practice of stimulation, ovulation induction and inhibition, follicle aspiration and luteal phase support in natural cycle and minimal stimulation IVF. In addition costs, risks, success rates and several treatment protocols are provided. An overview of large European, Japanese and American programs and the discussion of clinical cases will complete the coverage of the topic. This practical and easy-to-use guide is a valuable resource for all clinicians performing any kind of IVF techniques.
Contents:
Basics
Physiology
Technical Aspects
Costs, Risks, Success Rates
Miscellaneous
Worldwide Programs
Case Discussions. - DigitalBrígida Souza, Luis L. Vázquez, Rosangela C. Marucci, editors.Summary: This book aims to address the importance of natural enemies and functional diversity for biological control in Neotropical agroecosystems. Several aspects related to the conservation of natural enemies, such as vegetation design and climate change, are discussed in Part 1 and the bioecology of several insects groups used in biological control in Latin America is presented in Part 2. Part 3 is devoted to mass production of natural enemies while Part 4 describes how these insects have been used to control of pests in major crops, forests, pasture, weeds and plant diseases. Lastly, Part 5 reports Latin-American experiences of integration of biological in pest management programs.
Contents:
Part 1. Conservation of natural enemies and functional biodiversity in Neotropical agroecosystems
1. Vegetational design to enhance biological control of insect pests in agroecosystems
2. Interactions of natural enemies with non-cultivated plants
3. Quality of agroecosystems as habitats to natural enemies and biological control agents
4. Plants as food for adult natural enemies
5. Dispersion and increase of natural enemies in agroecosystems
6. Climate change and biological control of pests in agriculture
Part 2. Bioecology of natural enemies used in biological control in the Neotropical region
7. Predator insects
8. Predator mites
9. Parasitoid insects
10. Entomopathogenic nematodes
11. Entomopathogenic fungi
12. Entomopathogenic virus
13. Bacillus thuringiensis
14. Interactions of entomopathogenic fungus with entomophagous insects in agroecosystems
Part 3. Mass production of biocontrol agents in Latin America: rearing techniques and releasing strategies
15. Predators insects
16. Predatory mites for the biological control of phytophagous mites
17. Parasitoid insects
18. Entomopathogenic nematodes
19. Entomopathogenic fungi
20. Entomopathogenic virus
21. Bacillus thuringiensis
Part 4. Biological control in major crops, forests, pasture, weeds and plant diseases in the Neotropical region
22. Bean
23. Coffee
24. Cotton
25. Forests
26. Fruit crops
27. Maize
28. Oleraceous
29. Ornamental plants
30. Pasture
31. Rice
32. Soybean
33. Sugarcane
34. Microbial control of sugarcane pests
35. Weeds
36. Plant diseases
37. Physiological and ecological selectivity of pesticides for natural enemies of insects
38. Use of natural chemical products for pest control
39. Effects of transgenic plants over natural enemies
40. Use of silicon as resistance factor for plants against insect pests. Use of semiochemical-based strategies to enhance biological control
41. Use of semiochemical-based strategies to enhance biological control
42. Aphid-tending ants and their effects on natural enemies used in the biological control
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital/PrintEric Vivier, James Di Santo, Alessandro Moretta, editors.Contents:
Transcriptional control of NK cells
Development, homeostasis, and heterogeneity of NK cells
Diversification and functional specialization of human NK cell subsets
Dynamic regulation of NK cell responsiveness
NK cells and cancer immunoediting
Sweet is the memory of past troubles: NK cells remember
Lessons from NK cell definiencies in the mouse
Probing human NK cell biology using human immune system (HIS) mice
Haploidentical haematopoietic stem cell transplantation: role of NK cells and effect of cytomegalovirus infections
The past, present, and future of NK cells in hematopoietic cell transplantation and adoptive transfer
Index. - DigitalMichelle Aristizabal, MD, FACOG.Summary: "The ONLY evidence-based resource covering natural childbirth practices offering a logical middle-of-road approach to the natural birth movement. Natural Labor and Birth: An Evidence-Based Guide to the Natural Birth Plan is written to provide a reliable source of information for healthcare professionals caring for patients seeking a natural birth. Up until now, doctors and nurses who would like to work with women seeking a natural birth have been frustrated by the lack of easily accessible, trustworthy resources on this topic, and most have not been trained on how to utilize methods outside of the traditional framework. Evidence-based natural childbirth is not discussed in any unified fashion in any of the existing obstetrical texts. Natural Labor and Birth: An Evidence-Based Guide to the Natural Birth Plan seeks to end the friction between natural and traditional obstetrics care. It is unique in that it does not attempt to make a case for natural childbirth, it only seeks to demonstrate how natural birth can exist within the framework of typical antepartum care and hospital deliveries and respond to patient preferences. It teaches the skills necessary to assist a woman through an unmedicated childbirth that are not taught in most obstetrical residencies and nursing programs and provides a compilation of the medical evidence supporting alternative practices."-- Provided by publisher "The only evidence-based resource covering natural birth practices that will serve as a go-to resource on labor and delivery units for obstetricians, midwives, labor and delivery nurses, and doulas."-- Provided by publisherDigital Access AccessObGyn 2019
- DigitalDhiraj Kumar, Mohammad Shahid, editors.Summary: This book reviews the latest research on bioproducts from various economically important insects, such as silkworms, honey bees, lac and drosophila, and termites, and discusses their general, biomedical and industrial applications in detail. It includes chapters focusing on insects as a food source, probiotics, silk-based biomaterials, insect pheromones, insects as biomedicine source, pupa oil chemistry, non-protein compounds from Lepidopteran insects, insect chitin and chitosan, polyphenols and flavonoids. Model insects like Bombyx mori or bees were domesticated in Asian countries thousands of years ago. Over time, natural products from these animals became industrialized and today they attracting increasing attention thanks to their sustainability and their manifold applications in agriculture and biomedicine. The book is intended for entomologists, material scientists, natural product researchers and biotechnologists. .
Contents:
1. Polyphenols and flavonoids from honey: Biological applications
2. Chemistry and application of lac and its by-products
3. Silk: an amazing biomaterial for future medication
4. Insect Chitin and Chitosan: Structure, Properties, Production and Implementation Prospective
5. Recent advances in the arthropod natural product chemistry
6. Silkworm: A Unique Creature for Natural Products
7. Present and future prospects on nutritious feeding using insects
8. Insect Pheromones and its applications in management of pest population
9. Non-Protein chemical compounds from Lepidopteran insect cocoons. . - DigitalXishan Wang, editor.Summary: This introduces the theoretical and practical guide of NOSES. The book introduced 10 different techniques of NOSES for colorectal neoplasms based on extensive high-quality surgical images. The first part mainly describes the development process of NOSES and the current achievements of these techniques which will provide readers a general understanding of NOSES. The second part elaborates on ten different surgical procedures specific to position of tumor location of NOSES in detail. All key technical points and operational skills regarding to NOSES are displayed by both high-quality images. The indications and contraindications are also strictly determined in this book. In addition to the elaboration of NOSES, each chapter of this book also conduct a detailed and comprehensive analysis the hot spots, technical difficulties and key issues with regard to laparoscopic surgery for colorectal cancer. This book is suitable for the colorectal cancer surgeons and doctors of general surgery.
- DigitalXishan Wang, editor.Summary: This book introduces readers to nine techniques for natural orifice specimen extraction surgery (NOSES) in gastric cancer and fifteen different techniques for NOSES in colorectal cancer, respectively, based on extensive high-quality surgical images. The first part mainly describes the development process of NOSES and preoperative preparation,offering readers a general understanding of NOSES. In turn, the second and third parts elaborate on the surgical procedures for gastrointestinal cancer. All key technical points and operational skills regarding NOSES are covered, and the indications and contraindications are clearly defined. In addition, the book provides a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the hot spots, technical difficulties and key issues with regard to laparoscopic surgery for gastrointestinal cancer. Accordingly, it offers an essential guide for gastrointestinal cancer surgeons and general surgeons.
- Digitaleditors, Subhash C. Mandal, Vivekananda Mandal, Tetsuya Konishi.Summary: Natural Products and Drug Discovery: An Integrated Approach provides an applied overview of the field, from traditional medicinal targets, to cutting-edge molecular techniques. Natural products have always been of key importance to drug discovery, but as modern techniques and technologies have allowed researchers to identify, isolate, extract and synthesize their active compounds in new ways, they are once again coming to the forefront of drug discovery. Combining the potential of traditional medicine with the refinement of modern chemical technology, the use of natural products as the basis for drugs can help in the development of more environmentally sound, economical, and effective drug discovery processes. Natural Products & Drug Discovery: An Integrated Approach reflects on the current changes in this field, giving context to the current shift and using supportive case studies to highlight the challenges and successes faced by researchers in integrating traditional medicinal sources with modern chemical technologies. It therefore acts as a useful reference to medicinal chemists, phytochemists, biochemists, pharma R&D professionals, and drug discovery students and researchers.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalAmirhossein Sahebkar, Thozhukat Sathyapalan, editors.Summary: Natural products have a long history of use as folk medicines in several systems of traditional medicine. Extensive evidence from modern pharmacological studies has confirmed traditional applications, and unveiled the vast potential of naturally occurring compounds, particularly plant-derived phytochemicals, in the management of chronic human diseases. The past decade has witnessed a surge of findings from randomized controlled trials testifying the safety and efficacy of natural products as adjuncts or alternatives to standard-of-care medications for several illnesses. Biomolecular studies have unveiled hundreds of cellular and molecular targets for phytochemicals including key transcription factors, receptors, enzymes, hormones, neurotransmitters, cytokines, lipids, and non-coding RNAs. Extensive research on the preventative and therapeutic effects of natural products necessitates regular updating of the literature as to the developing potential roles of these compounds in different human diseases. This new book provides an overview of the current pharmacological and clinical features of natural products, and the role of phytopharmaceutical compounds in health and diseases. Chapters cover a wide scope, from cancers, to chronic and age-related disorders, and are written by leading international subject experts. Collectively, chapters will provide useful insights on the regulatory effects of phytochemicals and nutraceuticals on pathogenic molecular signatures associated with pathologies, disease biomarkers, and aging-related pathways.
- DigitalJohn M. Pezzuto, Ole Vang, editors.Summary: This book discusses the efficacy of various naturally occurring chemopreventive agents in preventing or delaying cancer. It focuses on the holistic chemopreventive concept, demonstrating the relevant response is the combined effect of a series of compounds that alone have been shown to have some effect in different experimental models. Written by leading experts in the field, the contributions provide details of research on various chemopreventive agents. Offering insights into the unique molecular targets and mechanisms, safety issues, molecular efficacy, and occurrence in nature of these compounds, the book is a valuable resource for all scientists working in biomedicine, and specifically in cancer research. .
Contents:
1. Chemoprevention of Cancer: Past, Present, and Future
2. Resveratrol for Cancer Prevention: Current Gaps and Opportunities
3. Pterostilbene as a Potent Chemopreventive Agent in Cancer
4. Pharmacokinetics and Bioavailability Enhancement of Natural Products
5. Vitamin D Compounds and Cancer Stem Cells in Cancer Prevention
6. Anti-cancer Effects of Silibinin: The Current Status in Cancer Chemoprevention
7. Adjuvant Value of Turmeric Extract (Containing Curcumin) in Colorectal Cancer Management
8. Cancer Prevention by Tea Polyphenols
9. The Chemopreventive Power of Isothiocyanates
10. Xanthohumol and Structurally Related Prenylflavonoids for Cancer Chemoprevention and Control
11. Anthocyanins and Cancer Prevention 12. Grape Chemopreventive Agents Against Angiogenesis and Metastasis
13. Punica granatum L. Constituents for Cancer Prevention, Chemosensitisation and Therapeutic Treatment
14. Cancer Chemopreventive Potential of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Inhibitors from Natural Products
15. Anti-cancer Dynamics of Natural Phytochemical Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinases
16. Pro-apoptotic Properties of Chemopreventive Agents
17. The Use of Anti-Inflammatory Agents for Cancer Chemoprevention
18. Combination Cancer Chemoprevention by Targeting the Epigenome
19. Perspective: A Positive Cocktail Effect of the Bioactive Components in the Diet. - Digitaledited by Dagmar B. Stengel, Solène Connan.Contents:
Marine algae: A source of biomass for biotechnological applications
Structure and function of macroalgal natural products
Spectrophotometric assays of major compounds extracted from algae
Extraction and enrichment of protein from red and green macroalgae
Extraction and purification of r-phycoerythrin from marine red algae
Extraction and analysis of mycosporine-like amino acids in marine algae
Extraction and purification of phlorotannins from brown algae
Enzyme-enhanced extraction of antioxidant ingredients from algae
Microwave-assisted extraction of fucoidan from marine algae
Extraction and analysis of oxylipins from macroalgae illustrated on the example gracilaria vermiculophylla
Lipids and fatty acids in algae: Extraction, fractionation into lipid classes, and analysis by gas chromatography coupled with flame ionization detector (GC-FD)
HRMAS NMR analysis of algae and identification of molecules of interest via conventional 1d and 2d nmr: Sample preparation and optimization of experimental conditions
Extraction, purification, and NMR analysis of terpenes from brown algae
Extraction, isolation, and identification of sesquiterpenes from laurencia species
The use of HPLC for the characterization of phytoplankton pigments
Characterization of phlorotannins from brown algae by lc-hrms
Analysis of betaines from marine algae using lc-ms-ms
Analysis of marine biotoxins using lc-ms/ms
Fucoidan analysis by tandem maldi-tof and esi mass spectrometry
Determination of substitution patterns of galactans from green seaweeds of the bryopsidales
Structural characterization of a hybrid carrageenan-like sulfated galactan from a marine red alga furcellaria lumbricalis
Characterization of alginates by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and vibrational spectroscopy (IR, NIR, RAMAN) in combination with chemometrics
Imaging and identification of marine algal bioactive compounds by surface enhanced raman spectroscopy (SERS)
In vitro protocols for measuring the antioxidant capacity of algal extracts
Disk diffusion assay to assess the antimicrobial activity of marine algal extracts
Screening of a marine algal extract for antifungal activities
Protocol for assessing antifouling activities of macroalgal extracts.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Paula B. Andrade, Patrícia Valentão, David M. Pereira.Summary: The past decade has seen the reappearance of natural products as a valuable source of potent therapeutics. Here, experts on bioactive natural products cover the full spectrum of clinically relevant enzymes that are known to be targeted by natural products. Key enzymes include acetylcholine esterase, angiotensin-I-converting enzyme, cyclooxygenase, dihydrofolate reductase, phospholipase A2, respiratory complexes, and many more. By connecting the diversity of medicinal natural product sources with their potential clinical applications, this volume serves as a companion for the medicinal chemist looking for innovative small molecule compounds as well as for pharmacologist interested in the clinical effects and mode of action of herbal and traditional medicines.
Contents:
Natural products as enzyme inhibitors
Molecular targets of clinically relevant natural products from filamentous marine cyanobacteria
Natural angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors with antihypertensive properties
Phospholipase A2 inhibitors of marine origin
Beta-secretase (BACE1) inhibitors from natural products
Hypoglycaemic effects of plants food constituents via inhibition of carbohydrate-hydrolysing enzymes: from chemistry to future applications
Natural products targeting clinically relevant enzymes of eicosanoid biosynthesis implicated in inflammation and cancer
Anti-HIV natural products
Natural inhibitors of mitochondrial respiratory chain: therapeutic and toxicological implications
Targeting enzymatic pathways with marine-derived clinical agents
Anti-malarial drug discovery: new enzyme inhibitors
Natural plant-derived acetylcholinesterase inhibitors: relevance for Alzheimer's disease.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalRajinder Peshin, Ashok K. Dhawan, editors.Summary: This book is an outcome of the keynote/lead papers presented by the experts from different disciplines in the Indian Ecological Society International Conference 2016 on "Natural Resource Management: Ecological Perspectives", organized at the Sher-e-Kashmir University of Agricultural Sciences and Technology of Jammu, India. The book captures the essence of natural resource management from the intra and interdisciplinary perspectives of agricultural sciences (entomology, plant pathology, plant breeding and genetics, agronomy and soil sciences), social sciences (resource economics, agricultural extension education), medical sciences, and environmental sciences to stimulate discussion on the ecological perspectives of natural resource management. Wide-ranging topics on land and water resources, biodiversity, integrated farming system, role of microbes in agriculture, climate change and its impact on human health and crop pests, exploiting chemical ecology for pest management, human disease-causing pesticides, beneficial insects like lac insects, integrated pest management, resistance management in insect pests and Bt cotton, and diffusion and adoption of ecologically sustainable technologies at individual and organizational level are covered in the book. The book will serve the professionals, researchers, academia, government, industry and students.
Contents:
1. Managing Wetland Ecosystems: A Polycentric Perspective
Dinesh K. Marothia 2. Water Harvesting Techniques in Cold Deserts
Chewang Norphel 3. Sustainability of Groundwater Use in Punjab Agriculture: Issues and Options
Kamal Vatta 4. Sustainability of Himalayan Environment: Issues and Policies
Masud. H. Wani 5. Crop Genetic Biodiversity with Special Reference to Oilseed Brassica and Wild allies: Conservation and their Utilisation
Surinder K. Gupta 6. Integrated Farming System for Economic Upliftment of Marginal and Small Farmers
Sohan S. Walia 7. Health Effects of Changing Environment
Randeep Guleria 8. An Approach to Cancer Risk Assessment and Carcinogenic Potential for Three Classes of Agricultural Pesticide
Chanda Siddoo Atwal 9. Integrated Pest Management and Climate Change: Need for Paradigm Shift
C. Chattopadhyay 10. Role of Microbes for Plant and Soil Health Improvement
Ambalal. N. Sabalpara 11. Exploiting Chemical Ecology for Developing Novel IPM Strategies
Zeyaur R. Khan 12. Insect resistance to insecticides and Bt-cotton in India
Sandhya Kranthi 13. Ecological Pest Management in 21st Century: An analysis of Challenges and future Strategies
Dharam P. Abrol 14. Understanding the diversity in lac insects of Kerria spp. in India and the nature of insect-host plant interaction
Kewal K. Sharma 15. Diffusion and Adoption: Factors Impacting Adoption of Sustainable Agricultural Practices
Rajinder Peshin. - Digitaledited by Robert G. Woodmansee, John C. Moore, Dennis S. Ojima, Laurie Richards.Summary: The Systems Ecology Paradigm (SEP) incorporates humans as integral parts of ecosystems and emphasizes issues that have significant societal relevance such as grazing land, forestland, and agricultural ecosystem management, biodiversity and global change impacts. Accomplishing this societally relevant research requires cutting-edge basic and applied research. This book focuses on environmental and natural resource challenges confronting local to global societies for which the SEP methodology must be utilized for resolution. Key elements of SEP are a holistic perspective of ecological/social systems, systems thinking, and the ecosystem approach applied to real world, complex environmental and natural resource problems. The SEP and ecosystem approaches force scientific emphasis to be placed on collaborations with social scientists and behavioral, learning, and marketing professionals. The SEP has given environmental scientists, decision makers, citizen stakeholders, and land and water managers a powerful set of tools to analyse, integrate knowledge, and propose adoption of solutions to important local to global problems.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalRichard G. Delisle, editor.Summary: This book contests the general view that natural selection constitutes the explanatory core of evolutionary biology. It invites the reader to consider an alternative view which favors a more complete and multidimensional interpretation. It is common to present the 1930-1960 period as characterized by the rise of the Modern Synthesis, an event structured around two main explanatory commitments: (1) Gradual evolution is explained by small genetic changes (variations) oriented by natural selection, a process leading to adaptation; (2) Evolutionary trends and speciational events are macroevolutionary phenomena that can be accounted for solely in terms of the extension of processes and mechanisms occurring at the previous microevolutionary level.^On this view, natural selection holds a central explanatory role in evolutionary theory - one that presumably reaches back to Charles Darwin's Origin of Species - a view also accompanied by the belief that the field of evolutionary biology is organized around a profound divide: theories relying on strong selective factors and those appealing only to weak ones. If one reads the new analyses presented in this volume by biologists, historians and philosophers, this divide seems to be collapsing at a rapid pace, opening an era dedicated to the search for a new paradigm for the development of evolutionary biology. Contrary to popular belief, scholars' position on natural selection is not in itself a significant discriminatory factor between most evolutionists.^In fact, the intellectual space is quite limited, if not non-existent, between, on the one hand, "Darwinists", who play down the central role of natural selection in evolutionary explanations, and, on the other hand, "non-Darwinists", who use it in a list of other evolutionary mechanisms. The "mechanism-centered" approach to evolutionary biology is too incomplete to fully make sense of its development. In this book the labels created under the traditional historiography - "Darwinian Revolution", "Eclipse of Darwinism", "Modern Synthesis", "Post-Synthetic Developments"--Are thus re-evaluated. This book will not only appeal to researchers working in evolutionary biology, but also to historians and philosophers."
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction: In Search of a New Paradigm for the Development of Evolutionary Biology
Part I: Crossing Perspectives about Evolution: Historians versus Biologists
Chapter 2: Cathedrals, Corals and Mycelia: Three Analogies for the History of Evolutionary Biology
Part II: Different Views of Charles Darwin
Chapter 3: Guiding a Train of Discoveries: Charles Darwin, Charles Daubeny, and the Reception of Natural Selection, 1859-1865
Chapter 4: Natural Selection as a Mere Auxiliary Hypothesis (sensu stricto I. Lakatos) in Charles Darwin's Origin of Species
Chapter 5: Natural Selection in Ernst Haeckel's Legacy
Part III: Rethinking a So-Called Intermediary Period
Chapter 6: The Origins of Theoretical Developmental Genetics: Reinterpreting William Bateson's Role in the History of Evolutionary Thought
Chapter 7: Recasting Natural Selection: Osborn and the Pluralistic View of Life
Part IV: Other Evolutionary Syntheses
^Chapter 8: Little Evolution, BIG Evolution: Rethinking the History of Darwinism, Population Genetics, and the "Synthesis"
Chapter 9: When Panpsychism Met Monism: Why Did the Philosopher Theodor Ziehen (1862-1950) Become a Crucial Figure for the Evolutionary Biologist Bernhard Rensch?
Chapter 10: Inertia, Trend, and Momentum Reconsidered: G.G. Simpson, an Orthogeneticist?
Chapter 11: The Concept of Natural Selection in Theodosius Dobzhansky. Its Development and Interpretation
Part V: New Lights on Recent Developments
Chapter 12: What's Natural About Natural Selection?
Chapter 13: Natural Selection, Morphoprocess and a Logical Field of Evolutionary Concepts
Chapter 14: Natural Selection as Agent of Evolutionary Change: A View from Paleoanthropology
Chapter 15: Darwinism Without Selection? A Lesson from Cultural Evolutionary Theory
Part VI: Teaching Evolution
^Chapter 16: Beyond Survival of the Fittest
A Look at Students' Misconceptions about Natural Selection and Evolutionary Theory. - DigitalGuan-Hua Du.Summary: This book discusses 120 types of natural, small-molecule drugs derived from plants. They are grouped into 7 parts according their clinical uses, such as drugs for cardiovascular diseases, for metabolic diseases, for neuropsychiatric diseases, for immune-mediated inflammatory diseases, anti-tumor drugs, and drugs for parasites and bacterial infection. Each chapter systematically summarizes one drug, including its physicochemical properties, sources, pharmacological effects and clinical applications. To help readers understand the drug better, the research and pharmacological activity for each drug is also described, which serves as a salutary lesson for future drug development. Written by frontline researchers, teachers and clinicians working in field of pharmacy and pharmacology it provides an overview of natural, small-molecule drugs derived from plants for researchers in the field.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Natural Medicines Are a Kind of Important Substances for Prevention and Treatment of Human Diseases; Natural Medicine Is the Foundation of Modern Pharmacy; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Minerals; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Microorganisms; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Animals; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Plants; The Research and Development of Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Embraces the Wisdom of Humans; Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Plants Are the Representatives of Natural Medicines; Features and Instructions of the Book Part I: Natural Small-Molecule Drugs for the Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Diseases; Overview; Ajmaline; Properties; Dosage Form and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Anisodamine; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Caffeic Acid; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Cyclovirobuxine; Properties; Derivatives Dosage FormsIndications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Daidzein; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Daphnetin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Dicoumarin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Digoxin; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Digitoxin PropertiesDosage Forms; Indications; Lanatoside C; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Dioscin; Properties; Dosage Forms and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Discussion; References; Diosmin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology [4-6]; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Divasidum; Properties; Dosage Forms and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Ferulic Acid PropertiesDosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Hesperidin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Ligustrazine; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indication; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Lovastatin; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Metformin; Properties - DigitalMichael C. Newman, Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, VA, United States, College of William & Mary's Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, VA, United States.Summary: The Nature and Use of Ecotoxicological Evidence: Natural Science, Statistics, Psychology, and Sociology examines how toxicologists and environmental professionals come to understand and make decisions about possible harm from pollutants. Drawing on concepts and techniques from the natural, social and mathematical sciences, the book emphasizes how pollutant-related evidence is gathered, assessed, communicated and applied in decision-making. Each chapter begins with a real-world example before exploring fundamental cognitive, social, statistical or natural science concepts to explain the opening example. Methods from other disciplines for recognizing, reducing or removing the influence of impediments in wise decision-making are highlighted in each chapter. Misreading evidence by the scientific community, and miscommunication to regulators and the public, remain major impediments to wise action in pollution issues. Which evidence comes to dominate the dialogue among scientists, regulators and decision makers depends on social and scientific dynamics. Yet psychological and sociological factors that influence the movement of evidence through scientific communities to regulators receive cursory discussion by professionals unfamiliar with the sociology literature. Toxicologists, environmental scientists, psychologists and professionals and students across the sciences will find the book useful for understanding how evidence is generated, assessed and communicated in their own fields.
Contents:
Section 1. Introduction
The emerging importance of pollution
Section 2: How individuals gather and judge evidence
Human reasoning: everyday heuristics and foibles
Human reasoning: within scientific traditions and rules
Pathological reasoning within sciences
Individual scientist: reasoning by the numbers
Section 3: How groups weigh and apply evidence
Social processing of evidence: commonplace dynamics and foibles
How innovations enter and move within groups
Evidence in social networks
Section 4: Conclusion
Conclusion.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalLaserina O’Connor.Summary: This book, endorsed by the International Council of Nurses, explores a new conversation around scholarly talents for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners that comprise a variety of forms such as teaching, synthesis, discovery, engagement and application. It offers an expansive view of Boyer’s scholarship, with a call to action for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners to thoughtfully plan and map their personal goals and capabilities, that will mark them as professionals and future scholars needed in today’s challenging and changing professional workplace. Knowing how to apply the various forms of scholarship to problems of practice within one’s field of expertise and the implications of Boyer’s pillars of scholarship for advanced candidate / nurse practitioners are interweaved throughout this book. The volume discusses the science of career cartography, alongside legacy planning and career mapping. The toolkit illustrates a guide for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners to create their individual career legacy map and reflect on how they wish to contribute to the discipline of nursing, while working to improve the lives of others. This book serves as a catalyst for robust conversations among scholar practitioners on the very nature of clinical scholarshipDigital Access Springer 2019
- Print... by Anthony Edward Langdon.
- DigitalFraser Smith.Summary: This book offers comprehensive coverage of naturopathic medicine. The principles and values of this profession are already clearly stated (i.e., Find and Treat the Cause; Treat the Whole Person, etc.), but few are the textbooks that directly compare it to conventional or allopathic medicine. To paraphrase the historian of medicine Harris Coulter in this approach the body reacts creatively to stressors and the Empirical school or natural medicine approach is more focused on supporting adaptive responses than suppressing symptoms. This is not an attempt to argue that all health issues can get better on their own or that conventional medical interventions arent capable of producing stellar outcomes, but there remains a concurrent need for a naturopathic approach that helps rebuild the body. This book presents an approach in medicine that works to support adaptive responses of the body, reduce maladaptive responses, address determining factors of health, and sometimes create temporary homeostasis with agents such as drugs (or certain natural medicines). In terms of the basis of disease states, the book teaches about how the lack of coordination in the bodys bioregulatory systems can lead to disease, as well as the impact of irreversible degeneration, genetic damage, chronic stress, etc. The book takes the reader to some of the more common and well described reasons for these states of dysfunction, how to assess a patient, and how various natural therapies impact root causes of disease, the long term consequences, and the various clinical manifestations. The book then takes a systems approach cardiovascular, pulmonary, etc. This is where most books on the subject start, but instead of breaking out a number of conditions and giving protocols of diet, supplements, herbs etc., the author examines how to restore stability and function to that system. Special topics are then covered, ranging from lifespan/primary care considerations to the role of research, the rise of advanced data analytics as decision assistance, to the environmental, cultural, and global determinants of health. Each chapter will additionally include tables that summarize key diagnosis or treatment points, arrayed in an order that reflects the model presented in the book. This is an ideal guide for students in naturopathic medicine, as well as physicians and medical professionals looking to learn more about this field aimed towards maximizing patient resilience.
Contents:
The nature of health, homeostasis, adaptation, biological plasticity, repair
Disease (Theory of)
Where does a naturopathic approach apply?
Causes of ill health
Assessment of the patient
Therapeutics
States of ill health assessment and overall mitigation
Systems Approach to Therapy
Life-span considerations
Naturopathic medicine in context
The role of research and scientific inquiry in naturopathic medicine
The role of informatics and artificial intelligence in naturopathic medicine
Societal, global, environmental impact that naturopathic physicians can have
Appendix A: Recommended resources for clinical/scientific information
Appendix B: Professional associations and public interest groups related to whole health, complementary and integrative medicine, naturopathic medicine, etc. - Printedited by Gideon Koren, Raafat Bishai.
- DigitalSandro M. Krieg, editor.Summary: This book is the first comprehensive work summarizing the advances that have been made in the neurosurgical use of navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (nTMS) over the past ten years. Having increasingly gained acceptance as a presurgical mapping modality in neurosurgery, today it is widely used for preoperative mapping of cortical motor and language function, risk stratification and improving the accuracy of subcortical fiber bundle visualization. This unique work will provide neurosurgeons and neuroscientists who are starting their nTMS program essential and detailed information on the technique and protocols, as well as the current clinical evidence on and limitations of the various applications of nTMS. At the same time, more experienced nTMS users looking for deeper insights into nTMS mapping and treatment in neurosurgery will find clearly structured, accessible information. The book was prepared by an international mix of authors, each of which was chosen for their status as a respected expert on the respective subtopic, as evinced by their landmark publications on nTMS.
Contents:
Basic principles of nTMS
nTMS motor mapping
Basic principles and clinical use
Fiber tracking
Risk stratification
nTMS language mapping
Basic principles and clinical use
Fiber tracking
Risk stratification
Other brain functions
Therapeutic applications in neurosurgery
Pain
Paresis
Special aspects on nTMS in children
Outlook on the potential of nTMS
Integration of functional data in the clinical workflow
Methodological advantages and disadvantages of nTMS compared to MEG and fMRI.Digital Access Springer 2017 - PrintAndrea Small & Kelly Schmutte ; paper artwork by Reina Takahashi ; photographs by Andria Lo.Summary: "This thought-provoking, compact designer's guide from Stanford University's Hasso Plattner Institute of Design (aka, the d.school) helps you learn to lean into the discomfort of turning creative thought into intentional design"-- Provided by publisher "A design process presents a series of steps, but in real life, it rarely plays out this neatly. Navigating Ambiguity underscores how the creative process isn’t formulaic. This book shows you how to surrender control by being adaptable, curious, and unbiased as well as resourceful, tenacious, and courageous. Designers and educators Andrea Small and Kelly Schmutte use humor and clear steps to help you embrace uncertainty as you approach a creative project. First, they explain how the brain works and why it defaults to certainty. Then they show you how to let go of the need for control and instead employ a flexible strategy that relies on the balance between acting and adapting, and the give-and-take between opposing approaches to make your way to your goal. Beautiful cut-paper artwork illustrations offer ways to rethink creative work without hitting the usual roadblocks. The result is a more open and satisfying journey from assignment or idea to finished product." -- Publisher's description
Contents:
A note from the d.school
Enter ambiguity
Understand ambiguity
What is ambiguity?
Brain stuff
Attitudes about ambiguity
Embracing ambiguity
Navigate ambiguity
Navigation tools
Look in, look out
Speed up, slow down
Focus, unfocus
Follow the course, create your own path
Zoom in, zoom out
Emerge. - DigitalStephen Y. Nakada, Sutchin R. Patel, editors.Summary: This book discusses the management of various aspects of the professional life of newly qualified urologists as well as more experienced urologists. It features clear, easy-to-read chapters covering various topics, including clinical and surgical patient care, administrative duties, and research despite the increasing constraints on time and resources in today's hectic practice environment. Navigating Organized Urology: A Practical Guide systematically presents a range of practical strategies for a successful transition from trainee to practising urologist, while also offering more experienced urologists a fresh perspective on efficient management and successful adaptation of their practices for the modern age. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Knowing Yourself
Finding the Right Job
The Role of the Educator
The Urologist as an Effective Administrative Leader
The Urologist as Researcher
Academic Roles: Inventor
Academic Research Collaboration
Patient Satisfaction
Managing the Operating Room: A Urologist's Guide to Enhancing Efficiency and Quality
Enhancing and Promoting Your Office Urology Practice
The Importance of Coding and Billing
Time Management
Media and Social Media
Burnout, Happiness and Work-Life Harmony
The Power of History and Leveraging Past Institutional Success
Re-Evaluating yourself. - DigitalStephen Y. Nakada, Sutchin R. Patel, editors.Summary: This extensively revised second edition of the text discusses the management of various aspects of the professional life of newly qualified urologists as well as more experienced urologists. It features clear, easy-to-read chapters covering various topics, including clinical and surgical patient care, administrative duties, and research in today's hectic practice environment. New topics covered include how to manage an operating theater, telemedicine and how to manage crisis situations. Lessons acquired from the authors experiences of the COVID-19 Pandemic are also detailed. Navigating Organized Urology: A Practical Guide systematically presents a range of practical strategies for a successful transition from trainee to practicing urologist, while also offering more experienced urologists a fresh perspective on efficient management and successful adaptation of their practices for the modern age.
- Digital[edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Jaykar R. Panchmatia, I. David Kaye, Srinivas K. Prasad.Summary: "The past decade has seen major advances in image-guided spine surgery techniques, with robotically assisted approaches emerging in the last five years. While early adopters of this technology paved the way for more widespread use of navigated and robotic systems, barriers still exist. Navigation and Robotics in Spine Surgery by master spine surgeon Alexander Vaccaro and esteemed co-editors Jaykar Panchmatia, David Kaye, and Srinivas Prasad addresses existing issues such as the perception of increased upfront costs, intrusion on current workflow, and a lack of understanding about the potential ways these technologies can enhance the surgical experience and improve patient outcomes. Organized into six sections, the book starts with evidence-based fundamentals of navigated spine surgery and robotics including discussion of instrumentation and mechanics. Sections 2-5 serve as a surgical handbook for spine surgeons who wish to introduce these technologies into practice or augment their current repertoire with more complex techniques. Topics range from more routine procedures such as navigated and robotic minimally invasive TLIF to complex approaches like intraoperative ultrasound guided intradural spinal tumor resection. The final section looks at future directions and potential new applications for these technologies. Key Highlights An impressive group of international spine surgeons who pioneered navigation and robotic surgery techniques share invaluable tricks of the trade Discussion of fluoroscopy- and intraoperative CT-based platforms, applications for intraoperative sonography, and radiation exposure and minimization strategies Special topics include OR set-up and workflow, surmounting the learning curve, artificial intelligence, and lessons learned from other industries"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Wei Tian.Summary: The book introduces the using of navigation assisted robotic system in orthopedic surgery. The system is based on real-time 3D navigation. In the first part, it covers spine surgery, which includes pedicle screw fixation on cervical, thoracic, lumbar spine, dens screw fixation, Margerl screw fixation, PVP, PKP, and MED. The second part is about trauma surgery, which covers screw fixation in pelvis fracture and acetabulum fracture. This book is mainly written for spine surgeons, neurosurgeons, and traumatic orthopedic surgeons.
Contents:
History and Development of Robotic Assisted Orthopedic Surgery
Basic Principle of Robot-Assisted Orthopedic Surgery
Use of Artificial Potential Field Theory to Determine the Spatial Position of a Navigation-Guided Orthopedic Surgical Robot
Future Trends and Perspectives
Magerl method of C1-C2 transarticular screw fixation
Robot-Assisted posterior C1 and C2 Screw Fixation
Robot-Assisted Odontoid Fracture Anterior Screw Fixation
Robot-assisted C2 Pedicle Screw Placement for the Treatment of Hangman Fracture
Robot Assisted Cervical Pedicle Screw Fixation
Robot assisted thoracic pedicle screw fixation technique
Robot-assisted Spine Surgery in Spinal Deformities
Robot-assisted Lumbar Pedicle Screw Fixation
Vertebroplasty in Osteoporotic Spine
Robot-assisted Translaminar Lag Screw Fixation of Spondylolysis
Robot assisted Percutaneous Transforaminal Endoscopy Discectomy
Cortical Bone Trajectory for Lumbar Pedicle Screw Placement
The Complications of Robot-assisted Spine surgery
Robot-Assisted Free Vascularised Fibular Grafting for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
An Overview of Robotic Applications in Traumatic Orthopedics
Research Study of Robotic-assisted Pelvic Fracture Reduction
Application of Navigation Assisted Robot in Internal Fixation of Fracture.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSeyed Alireza Parhiz, Jeffrey N. James, Shohreh Ghasemi, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the fundamentals of navigation surgery in the head and neck region. Navigation is particularly important in difficult and limited exposure areas, such as the orbit and deep spaces of the head and neck. With the aid of navigation systems, an expert can palpably and accurately measure the amount of bone removed during fracture reductions or resections of bony masses procedures. In addition to reducing surgery time for soft tissue lesions, navigation technique also allows for minimally invasive access to lesions without extensive dissection that is often required for traditional open approaches. Navigation can also be extremely helpful in locating and retrieving foreign bodies. Chapters cover navigation in a variety of different surgical specialties including, but not limited to, trauma surgery, implant surgery, and orthogenetic surgery. Chapters also discuss surgical pathology as well as guided surgeries. The book features detailed case presentations for each surgery sub-topic and discusses future advances in the field that are currently in development. Navigation in Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery is a must-have resource for clinicians, professionals, and practitioners in the fields of oral & maxillofacial surgery, otorhinolaryngology-head & neck surgery, trauma surgery, and plastic surgery, as well as researchers and postgraduate students in related fields.
Contents:
Fundamentals of Navigation surgery
Navigation in Orthgnatic surgery
Navigation in Trauma surgery
Navigation in surgical pathology
Navigation in Implant surgery
Navigation & guided surgery. - PrintAndreas Carl.Summary: Material is arranged in the form of charts to allow the maximum amount of information with the minimum amount of words for a fast review. This book is best used side-by-side with your other texts and review books.
Contents:
General nursing practices
Nutrition & calculations
Fluids & electrolytes
Cardiovascular diseases
Respiratory diseases
Gastrointestinal diseases
Urogenital diseases
Sexually transmitted diseases
Infectious diseases
Diseases of the blood
Endocrine diseases
Musculoskeletal diseases
Diseases of the nervous system
Diseases of the eyes & ears
Diseases of the skin
Injury & poisoning
Female reproductive system
Maternity
Growth & development
The neonate
Infants & toddlers
Psychiatry
Nursing pharmacology
Conversions.Digital Access R2Library 2016 - Digitalclinical editor, Susan Lisko, DNP, RN, CNE, Associate Professor of Nursing, Youngstown State University, Youngstown, Ohio.Contents:
Surviving the NCLEX
Care of the Adult
Care of the Psychiatric Client
Maternal-Neonatal Care
Care of the Child
Issues in Nursing
Appendices.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalThoralf M. Sundt, Duke E. Cameron, Myles E. Lee, editors.Summary: This heavily revised book features a variety of cases detailing potential complications in cardiac surgery. Clinical scenarios associated with conundrums and unforeseen circumstances are presented, including minimally invasive and hybrid procedures as well as temporary mechanical circulatory support. Discussions emphasize critical details in preoperative assessment and intraoperative sensemaking, decision making and error recovery. Chapters are structured as unknowns, presenting findings as one would experience the events clinically and challenging the reader to develop their own rescue strategies. Relevant references for further reading are included, enabling the reader to further develop their knowledge base. Near Misses in Cardiac Surgery is a concise case-based resource featuring instructions on how to deal with potential complications associated with cardiac surgery. The work's multi-disciplinary authorship ensures it is a valuable resource for all medical professionals involved in the care of cardiac surgical patients.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Aortic Cannulation (Jordan P. Bloom)
Chapter 2. Return to the Operating Room (Myles E. Lee)
Chapter 3. Cannulation for ECMO (John M. Trahanas)
Chapter 4. Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR) (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 5. Accidental Arterial Decannulation (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 6. CABG after MI (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 7. Air in the Circuit (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 8. EKG Changes after Mitral Repair (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 9. ECMO as a Bridge (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 10. Complications of Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR) (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 11. Catastrophic Bleeding from Right Atrium (Andrew C. W. Baldwin)
Chapter 12. Hypoxia on Bypass (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 13. Challenges in Myocardial Protection (Brittany Potz)
Chapter 14. Empty Venous Reservoir (Myles E. Lee)
Chapter 15. Arrest on Induction (Sameer Lakha)
Chapter 16. xtracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (Jerome C. Cowley)
Chapter 17. Postoperative Hypotension in the ICU (Myles E. Lee)
Chapter 18. Hemodynamic instability after Pulmonary Thrombo-Endarterectomy (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 19. Inadequate Venous Drainage (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 20. Trapped Mitral Leaflet (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 21. Even More Complications of TAVR (Asishana Osho)
Chapter 22. Conduit for Redo CABG (Brittany Potz)
Chapter 23. Intraoperative Coagulopathy (Monica Miller)
Chapter 24. Hypoxia after Atrial Septal Defect (ASD) Closure (Jordan P. Bloom)
Chapter 25. Intraoperative Pulmonary Hemorrhage (Lynze R. Franko)
Chapter 26. Femoral Arterial Cannulation (Thoralf M. Sundt)
Chapter 27. Hypoxia on ECMO (Jerome C. Crowley)
Chapter 28. Laser Lead Extraction (Travis Hull)
Chapter 29. Tube Thoracostomy for hemothorax (Lynze R. Franko)
Chapter 30. Pulmonary Hypertension (Corey Spiro)
Chapter 31. Malfunction of an Intra-aortic Balloon (Thoralf M. Sundt)
Chapter 32. Symptomatic Aortic Stenosis (Thoralf M. Sundt)
Chapter 33. Pulmonary Embolism (Thoralf M. Sundt)
Chapter 34. Post-Operative Bleeding (Greg A. Leya)
Chapter 35. Intraoperative Extracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (Travis Hull)
Chapter 36. Mitral Annular Calcification (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 37. Options for a Patient with History of HITT (Jenna Cottral)
Chapter 38. Ventricular Dysrhythmia after AVR (Andrew C. W. Baldwin)
Chapter 39. Postoperative Hypoxemia (Rachel Steinhorn)
Chapter 40. Orthotopic Heart Transplant (OHT) after LVAD (S. Alireza Rabi)
Chapter 41. Postoperative Infection (Myles E. Lee)
Chapter 42. Veno-venous ECMO (Travis Hull)
Chapter 43. Reoperative Sternotomy (Brittany Potz)
Chapter 44. Sternal Closure: Immediate or Delayed (Greg A. Leya)
Chapter 45. Suction Event after LVAD Placement (S. Alireza Rabi)
Chapter 46. Thrombosed Mechanical Valve (Antonia Kreso)
Chapter 47. Valve-sparing Aortic Root Repair (Andrew A. C. Baldwin)
Chapter 48. Acute Aortic Dissection (Rizwan Q. Attia)
Chapter 49. Hypotension on Bypass (Checklist) (Myles E. Lee)
Chapter 50. Debriding Candle Wax Calcification (Jordan Bloom). - Digitaledited by Alonzo L. Plough.Summary: "From racial hierarchies to authentic storytelling, the narrative of Mississippi is one of contrasts that parallel and amplify larger national trends in many ways. To study Mississippi, where RWJF held its fifth annual Sharing Knowledge conference in March 2020, is to learn how structural racism was built, venerated, and fiercely defended in the United States to maintain the status quo of non-White disenfranchisement. Yet the story of the state is also one of strength, rooted in a people who have worked collectively and in community to fight a system designed to punch back"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Oxford [2022]
- Digital[edited by] Brendan C. Stack, Jr., MD, CACS, FACE, Professor, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas, Mauricio A. Moreno, MD, Associate Professor, Director Head & Neck Division, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Little Rock, Arkansas.Summary: "Neck dissection is a surgical procedure to remove cancerous lymph nodes, on patients diagnosed with cancer of the mouth, tongue, thyroid gland, or other areas of the throat or neck. There are three main types of neck dissection: Radical - all tissue on the side of the neck from the jawbone to the collarbone is removed. The muscle, nerve, salivary gland, and major blood vessel in this area are removed. Modified - all lymph nodes are removed. More neck tissue is spared. Selective - fewer lymph nodes have to be removed. The muscle, nerve, and blood vessel in the neck may also be saved. Neck Dissection will be an authoritative text edited by two distinguished surgeons, covering fundamentals of the various dissection types and which approach to use depending on patient clinical findings. The print text will be supplemented with surgical videos"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Samuel J. Lin, Sumner A. Slavin.Summary: "A comprehensive guide to neck rejuvenation techniques from multidisciplinary experts." -- Provided by the publisher. "A lifetime of facial expression, elastosis, gravitational forces, and tissue atrophy have a significant impact on the appearance of the neck. As such, neck rejuvenation is one of the most commonly performed aesthetic surgical procedures in the world, with more than 160,000 performed in the U.S. alone in 2020. Neck Rejuvenation: Surgical and Nonsurgical Techniques edited by Samuel J. Lin and Sumner A. Slavin reflects many decades of surgical and patient management experience, with contributions from distinguished surgeons across three specialties and many countries. Successful rejuvenation of the neck and its supporting structures requires in-depth anatomical knowledge, solid comprehension of the aesthetic principles of the neck, mastery of surgical and nonsurgical approaches, and an understanding of patient goals. The book starts with a chapter summarizing major surgically relevant anatomical structures pertinent to rejuvenation of the neck and its supporting tissues. Throughout the subsequent 14 chapters, internationally renowned specialists present a full spectrum of patient-targeted treatments focused on restoring a youthful neck appearance." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Sean P. McDonough, DVM, PhD, Diplomate ACVP, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, Teresa L. Southard, DVM, PhD, Diplomate ACVP, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY.Contents:
Introduction to the necropsy
Necropsy basics
The necropsy procedure
The integumentary system
The musculoskeletal system
The cardiovascular system
The respiratory system
The alimentary system
The liver and pancreas
The genitourinary system
The nervous system
The eye and ear
The endocrine system
The lymphoreticular system
Necropsy of other small mammals
Necropsy of fetuses and newborns
Cytology
Histopathology
Infectious disease testing
Toxicology testing
Packaging and shipping samples.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalAnna Norrby-Teglund, Mattias Svensson, Steinar Skrede editors.Summary: This volume aims to enhance the current understanding of clinical features, treatment and pathogenic aspects in necrotizing soft tissue infections. Various representative case studies are discussed to enhance the readers' understanding of these complex diseases. Necrotizing soft tissue infections are rapidly spreading infections that may cause extensive soft tissue or limb loss, multiorgan failure and are associated with a considerable fatality rate. It is undisputed that rapid diagnosis and prompt intervention is directly related to survival. The initial presentation may be limited to unspecific symptoms such as tenderness, swelling, erythema and pain. Thus, diagnosis and management are challenging due to heterogeneity in clinical presentation, in co-morbidities, in microbiological aetiology, as well as in the pathogenic mechanisms. An international and multidisciplinary consortium, INFECT, has for the last 6 years been pursuing research aimed to advance the understanding of the clinical and pathogenic aspects of these infections. A central part has been to create a comprehensive clinical registry and associated biobank which have also formed the basis for the experimental studies. Using the INFECT patient cohort, as well as an integrated systems biology approach in patients and clinically relevant experimental models, an advanced insight of diagnostic features, causative microbial agents, treatment strategies, and pathogenic mechanisms (host and bacterial disease traits and their underlying interaction network) has been obtained.
Contents:
Chapter 1: The INFECT-project: An international multidisciplinary project on necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 2: Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections: case reports from the patients prospective
Chapter 3: Necrotizing soft tissue infections: Case-reports, from the clinician's perspectives
Chapter 4: Necrotizing soft tissue infections: clinical features and diagnostic aspects
Chapter 5: Microbiological etiology of necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 6: Beta-hemolytic streptococci and necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 7: Treatment of necrotizing soft tissue infections: Antibiotics
Chapter 8: Treatment of necrotizing soft tissue infections: IVIG
Chapter 9: Pathogenic mechanisms of streptococcal necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 10: Systems genetics approaches in mouse models of Group A Streptococcal necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 11: Systems biology and biomarkers in necrotizing soft tissue infections
Chapter 12: Systems and precision medicine in necrotizing soft tissue infections. - PrintRijnberk, Gérard van.Contents:
Contents
1. deel. Inleiding, organismale en algemeene physiologie
2. deel. Bloed en lymphe, ademhaling en spijsvertering
3. deel. Hart, bloedsomloop, voortplanting
5. deel. Centraal Zenuwstelsel. - DigitalMalali Gowda, Ambardar Sheetal, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.Summary: This book describes the sequencing efforts for Neem (Azadirachta indica A. Juss), one of the most versatile tropical evergreen tree species. The neem tree is a source of various natural products, including the potent biopesticide azadirachtin and limonoids, which have a broad spectrum of activity against insect pests and microbial pathogens. To identify genes and pathways in neem, three neem genomes and several transcriptomes are studied using next-generation sequencing technologies. Neem has been extensively used in Ayurveda, Unani and homoeopathic medicine and is often referred to as the 'village pharmacy by natives due to its wealth of medicinal properties. Besides the description of the genome, this book discusses the neem microbiome and its role in the production of neem metabolites like salanin, nimbin and exopy-azadirachtin under in vitro conditions. It also highlights cell and tissue culture using various neem explants including the leaf, root, shoot, cambium, etc.
Contents:
Economic/Academic importance
Botanical descriptions and distribution
Traditional practices and knowledge of neem
Biochemistry, medicinal properties and molecular biology of neem bioactives
Quantification of secondary metabolites of neem
Utilization of neem and neem products in agriculture
Requirement of whole-genome sequencing
Strategies & tools for sequencing
Genome Assembly
Repetitive sequences
Gene annotation
Synteny with allied & model genomes
Comparison of gene families
Impact on neem tree improvement breeding
Neem tissue culture
Neem microbiome
Future prospects. - Digitaleditors Jürg Utzinger, Peiling Yap, Martin Bratschi and Peter Steinmann.Summary: Neglected tropical diseases (NTDs) are a group of diseases frequently found in impoverished communities in tropical and sub-tropical countries. The risk for many of the NTDs is high in both deprived urban and rural areas of East Asia. Adapted to the endemic settings and characteristics of the diseases, a range of tools and strategies are currently being rolled out for the large-scale control of many NTDs. Both vector control measures and community sensitization programmes have for example been used to control dengue in urbanized settings. Challenges posed by yaws and lymphatic filariasis are being addressed by mass drug administration, while rabies requires the involvement of the veterinary public health sector for disease control. For leprosy, an elimination target has been defined; however, achieving this goal remains a considerable challenge. Food-borne trematodiases, on the other hand, are emerging and require a deeper understanding of its burden in East Asia and how these diseases can be tackled in a cost-effective manner. Finally, factors, such as an increase of non-communicable diseases due to changing lifestyles which accompany economic growth, the spreading HIV epidemic as well as climate change and the occurrence of natural disasters can potentially affect the epidemiology and control of NTDs. This volume discusses the mentioned topics in detail with contributions by experts in the respective research areas from different working environments.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Foodborne trematodiases in East Asia: epidemiology and burden
3. Leprosy in East Asia
4. Dengue, an expanding neglected tropical disease
5. Yaws in South-East Asia: towards global eradication
6. Rabies in East and Southeast Asia
a mirror of the global situation
7. Coinfection with helminths and HIV-1 in East Asia
8. Links between the Epidemiology and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases and Neglected Tropical Diseases in Asia. - DigitalJill E. Weatherhead, editor.Summary: This volume of the Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTD) series covers the most prevalent NTDs in North America. This book discusses in detail pathology, diagnostics and control approaches of selected NTDs in the sub-tropical regions of the United States of America. There are disproportionate numbers of children and adults living in poverty within the United States that are at risk of infections caused by helminths, protozoa, viruses and bacteria which commonly lead to chronic, debilitating and stigmatizing diseases. Each chapter focuses on one specific disease or series of related diseases, and provides in-depth insights into the topic.
Contents:
Soil Transmitted Helminthiasis
Toxocariasis
Strongyloidiasis
Taeniasis and Cysticercosis
Toxoplasmosis
Chagas Disease
Leishmaniasis
Trichomoniasis
Chikungunya, Dengue, Zika, and Other Emerging Mosquito-Borne Viruses
West Nile Virus
Hansens Disease
Murine Typhus. - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Debra K. Katzman ; senior associate editor, Catherine M. Gordon ; associate editors, S. Todd Callahan, Alain Joffe, Susan L. Rosenthal, Maria Trent, Richard J. Chung.Summary: "We are pleased to present the 7th edition of Neinstein's Adolescent and Young Adult Health Care. This edition is an extraordinary accomplishment for us as it is the first edition without the guiding hand of the founding editor-in-chief, Dr. Lawrence S. Neinstein"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor-in-chief, Lawrence S. Neinstein, MD, FACP, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Executive Director, USC Engemann Student Health Center, Chief, Division of College Health, Department of Pediatrics, USC Keck School of Medicine, Assistent Provost of Student Health and Wellness, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California ; senior associate editor, Debra K. Katzman, MD, FRCPC, Professor of Pediatrics, Division of Adolescent Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, The Hospital for Sick Children and University of Toronto, Senior Associate Scientist, Research Institute, Director, Health Science Research, Undergraduate Medical Education, University of Toronto School of Medicine, Toronto, Ontario, Canada ; associate editors, Todd Callahan, MD, [and three others].Digital Access
- Print[edited by] Karen J. Marcdante, Robert M. Kliegman.
- Digital[edited by] Karen Marcdante, Robert M. Kliegman, Abigail M. Schuh.Summary: "Concise, readable, and up to date, Nelson Essentials of Pediatrics, 9th Edition, provides the must-know information you need in pediatrics from the name you trust. A readable, full-color format; high-yield, targeted chapters; and thorough content updates ensure strong coverage of core knowledge as well as recent advances in the field. This focused resource is ideal for medical students, pediatric residents, PAs, and nurse practitioners in various educational and practice settings, including pediatric residencies, clerkships, and exams"--Publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- Digital[edited by] Robert M. Kliegman, Patricia S. Lye, Brett J. Bordini, Heather Toth, Donald Basel.Contents:
Sore throat
Cough
Respiratory distress
Earache
Apparent life threatening event--brief resolved unexplained event
Syncope and dizziness
Chest pain
Murmurs
Failure to thrive
Abdominal pain
Diarrhea
Vomiting and regurgitation
Gastrointestinal bleeding
Hepatomegaly
Jaundice
Constipation
Abdominal masses
Dysuria
Proteinuria
Hematuria
Acute and chronic scrotal swelling
Menstrual problems and vaginal bleeding
Disorders of sex development
Intellectual and developmental disability
Dysmorphology
Irritable infant
Unusual behaviors
Headaches
Hypotonia, weakness, and stroke
Paroxysmal disorders
Altered mental status
Eye disorders
Arthritis
Gait disturbances
Back pain in children and adolescents
Lymphadenopathy and neck masses
Pallor and anemia
Bleeding and thrombosis
Fever
Fever and rash
Recurrent fever, infections, immune disorders, and autoinflammatory diseases
Disorders of puberty
Short stature
Hypoglycemia
Urinary incontinence and polyuria
Acid--base and electrolyte disturbances
Congenital cutaneous lesions and infantile rashes
Acquired rashes in the older child.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital[edited by] Robert M. Kliegman, Heather Toth, Brett J. Bordini and Donald Basel.Summary: "Nelson Pediatric Symptom-Based Diagnosis, by Drs. Robert M. Kliegman, Brett Bordini, Heather Toth, and Donald Basel is intended to help the reader begin with a specific chief complaint that may be seen in many different disease entities. It is arranged in chapters that cover specific symptoms mirroring clinical practice. For example, patients do not usually present with a chief complaint of cystic fibrosis; rather, they may present with a cough, respiratory distress, or chronic diarrhea. With a user-friendly, well-tabulated, illustrated approach, this text will help the reader differentiate between the many disease states causing a common symptom."-Publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalJoseph B. Cantey, Jason Sauberan, editors in chief ; John D. Nelson, emeritus ; Elizabeth D. Barnett [and five others], contributing editors.Digital Access AAP ebooks [2024]
- DigitalJoseph B. Cantey, MD, Jason Sauberan, PharmD, editors in chief ; John D. Nelson, MD, emeritus ; Elizabeth D. Barnett, MD [and five others], contributing editors.Summary: Nelson's Neonatal Antimicrobial Therapy is your go-to reference for treating neonates with infectious diseases. This handy reference provides evidence-based recommendations from leading experts in antimicrobial therapy for the treatment of infectious diseases in neonates.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
- DigitalRobert M. Kliegman, Joseph W. St Geme III, Nathan J. Blum, Abigail M. Schuh, Robert C. Tasker, Cara L. Mack, Karen M. Wilson ; with the assistance of Matthew A. Deardorff.Summary: Covering every aspect of general pediatric practice, as well as details for many pediatric subspecialists, Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics, 22nd Edition, brings you fully up to date with everything from rapidly changing diagnostic and treatment protocols to new technologies to the wide range of biologic, psychologic, and social problems faced by children today. Edited and written by experts and prominent members of the pediatric medical community, this comprehensive two-volume reference covers both the science and art of pediatric practice. It remains the reference of choice among pediatricians, pediatric residents, and others involved in the care of young patients, delivering the information you need in a concise, easy-to-use format for everyday reference and study.
Contents:
The field of pediatrics
Growth, development, and behavior
Behavioral and psychiatric disorders
Learning and developmental disorders
Nutrition
Fluid and electrolyte disorders
Emergency medicine, critical care, and anesthesia
Human genetics
Metabolic disorders
The fetus and the neonatal infant
Adolescent medicine
Allergic disorders
Rheumatic diseases of childhood (Connective tissue disease, collagen vascular diseases)
Cancer and benign tumors
Urologic disorders in infants and children
Gynecologic problems of childhood
The nervous system
Neuromuscular disorders
Disorders of the eye
The ear
The skin
Rehabilitation medicine
Environmental health
Laboratory medicine.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalAndrea Necchi, Philippe E. Spiess, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide readers with a current overview of enrolling trials with immune-checkpoint inhibitors in the preoperative setting of localized bladder cancer, renal cell carcinoma, and prostate cancer. The advent of immunotherapy has revolutionized treatments of genitourinary malignancy and evolved strategies for multidisciplinary management. This book explains neoadjuvant checkpoint inhibitors in localized genitourinary cancers, providing insights into the mechanisms of response and development of resistance of cancer cells to immunotherapy. It debates optimal trial design of preoperative checkpoint inhibitors in GU tumors, including optimal endpoints and the role of pathologic response as a surrogate endpoint of survival. It also illuminates clinical management of patients with organ-confined GU tumors, such as side effect management and perioperative safety, before providing an overview of biomarker use for patient selection across the early-stage GU malignancies. Lastly, the book provides the reader with the most up-to-date data emerging from clinical trials involving immunotherapy in early-stage GU malignancies. Neoadjuvant Immunotherapy Treatment of Localized Genitourinary Cancers: Multidisciplinary Management provides a comprehensive review of the field, serving as a valuable resource for urologists, medical oncologists, pathologists, fellows in urologic oncology, upper-level residents training in urology and medical oncology, as well as pharmacists interested in RCC clinicians.
Contents:
Introduction
State-of-the art and ongoing developments
Clinical cases debate: neoadjuvant checkpoint inhibition vs standard chemotherapy
Slideshow of tumor samples before and after checkpoint inhibition
Ongoing trials and clinical trials endpoints debate: the role of pathological response as a surrogate of survival endpoints
State-of-the-art and future role of molecular biomarkers for patient selection
Background of immunotherapy trials in prostate cancer
Clinical case debate: immunotherapy vs alternative therapies in the neoadjuvant and adjuvant setting of localized, high-risk prostate cancer
Cytoreductive nephrectomy in the era of targeted therapy and immunotherapy
Clinical cases debate: Neoadjuvant vs adjuvant immunotherapy in localized RCC
Benchmark of surgical safety results
What the scientific data tell us about predictive biomarkers of immunotherapy efficacy across the GU malignancies
Clinical cases debate: biomarker-driven patient selection vs unselective perioperative strategies. - Digitaleditors, Mario Campone, Jean-Sébastien Frenel.Contents:
Neoadjuvant therapy in breast cancer / Mario Campone & Jean-Sébastien Frenel
Ask the experts : neoadjuvant therapy : current options / Mark Beresford
Evaluation of complete pathologic response / Audrey Mailliez, Géraldine Lauridant-Philippin & Jacques M Bonneterre
Recommendation and predictors of pathologic response / Vladimir F. Semiglazov & Vladislav V. Semiglazov
Combination chemotherapy and targeted agents / Victoria Brown & Stephen Chan
Role of radiation after neoadjuvant chemotherapy / Michelle A. Kraay & Janice A. Lyons
Monoclonal antibody therapy / Jean-Sébastien Frenel & Mario Campone
Multiple choice questions : answers. - DigitalRobert G. Wallace, Rodrick Wallace, editors.Contents:
1. Did ebola emerge in West Africa by a policy-driven phase change in agroecology?
2. Ebola in the hog sector: modeling pandemic emergence in commodity livestock
3. Did neoliberalizing West Africa's forests produce a vaccine-resistant ebola?
4. Introducing pandemic control theory
5. The social amplification of pandemics and other disasters
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalManoj K. Ghoda.Summary: This book is written to simplify complex topics of neonatal and pediatric liver and metabolic diseases which are encountered by clinicians on a day to day basis. Neonatal and early pediatric liver diseases are very much different from adult liver diseases. Most of them are either structural diseases or genetically modulated metabolic disorders affecting liver. They all look same; however the underlying etiology could be quite different. This book thoroughly covers various neonatal and pediatric liver and metabolic diseases through a unique clinical case based approach via a vast clinical experience of the author. The book presents more than 50 unique cases and presents real life learning scenario with various examples facilitating better understanding of the disease and the ways to analyze it. The book uses a simple language and presents line diagrams and algorithms facilitating learning. This book shall be a valuable resource for practicing general pediatricians, pediatric residents and gastroenterologists with involvement in pediatric liver and liver related metabolic diseases. .
Contents:
Neonatal and Pediatric liver Diseases
Case 1: 20 month old child with recurrent convulsions
Case 2: A 9 year old boy presenting with hepatitis, epistaxis and bleeding from gums
Case 3: Lightening strikes at one place thrice
Case 4: A worried couple with a child having jaundice
Case 5: A 2 year old child who had recurrent hematemesis and bleeding per rectum
Case 5: A 2 year old child who had recurrent hematemesis and bleeding per rectum
Case 6: A child who had lost appetite and interest .-Case 7: A year old child with chronic diarrhea and failure to thrive
Case 8: A 3 year old male with recurrent diarrhea and chest infection
Case 9: 11 months old twins with Inborn errors of metabolism
Case 10: A child with recurrent diarrhea
Case 11: A 3 month old child with recurrent fever, diarrhea, failure to thrive and electrolyte disturbances
Case 12: A 13-Year-Old girl with chronic abdominal Pain and Vomiting
Case 13: A 6 month old child with neonatal cholestasis and generalized edema
Case: 14. A 6 weeks old child who had progressive jaundice and creamy white stools
Case: 15. Milk branding
Case 16: An 8 year old son of a lady executive who was a keen "net" searcher
Case 17: Neo rich parents who wanted best for their child
Case 18: A case of "Criggler-Najjar syndrome"
Case: 19. A pleasant child who developed prolonged jaundice
Case 20: Prolonged neonatal jaundice and cardiac defects
Case 21: Neonatal jaundice in a child with ocular problem
Case 22: A 3 year old girl with unexplained vomiting and failure to thrive
Case 23: A 3 year old boy with failure to thrive and progressively stiffening muscles
Case 24: A 2 month old child with neonatal ascites
Case 25: A patient with sickle cell anemia with sudden onset of jaundice
Case 26: A 7 year old boy with recurrence of jaundice
Case 28: An eight year old boy with recurrent jaundice
Case 29: A 3 yr. old with huge liver and abnormal liver functions
Case-30: A fifteen year old boy with prolonged jaundice
Case-31: A young girl with recurrent jaundice and vague RUQ mass
Case-32: A young boy with ascites
Case 33: Two cases of recurrence of jaundice
Case 34: A 12 years old boy with "obstructive jaundice
Case 35: 11 years old boy with jaundice and bleeding PR
Case 36: A young boy with failed renal transplant and sudden onset of ascites
Case 37: A 2-Year-Old Boy with Diarrhea, Failure to thrive, and Hepatomegaly
Case 38: A child with "recurrent attacks of asthma
Case 39: A 3 years old boy with recurrent jaundice and severe iron deficiency anemia
Case 40: 3 years old boy with huge liver
Case 41: A case of neonatal liver failure
Case 42: A case of acute hepatitis and ......something more
Case 43: A case of neonatal hepatitis and failure to thrive
Case 44: An infant with sudden onset of unilateral ptosis and jaundice
Case 45: A neonate with rapidly deteriorating liver functions
Case 46: A 6 month old child with hematemesis
Case 47: A young child with persistent elevation of SGOT/ SGPT
Case 48: An infant with persistent vomiting
Case 49: A case of Fever and jaundice
Case 50: A neonate with jaundice and enlarged liver
Case 51: A case of huge hepatomegaly but no hypoglycemia
Case 52: Pregnant lady with HBsAg positivity: A paediatrician's perspective. - Digital[edited by] Brian K. Walsh, PhD, RRT, RRT-NPS, RRT-ACCS, RPFT, AE-C, FAARC.Summary: "Master the principles and skills of respiratory care for neonates, infants, and children! Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care, 6th Edition provides a solid foundation in the assessment and treatment of respiratory disorders in children. Clear, full-color coverage simplifies the concepts of respiratory care while emphasizing clinical application. Reflecting the changing face of this profession, this edition unpacks care strategies with coverage of the newest treatment algorithms, interventions, mechanical ventilation technologies, and more. From an expert team of contributors led by Brian K. Walsh, an experienced respiratory therapist and researcher, this text is an excellent study tool for the NBRC's Neonatal/Pediatric Specialty examination."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2023]
- DigitalJerrold Lerman, editor.Summary: This is the first comprehensive book in more than a decade in the very specialized field of neonatal anesthesia. Edited and written by a team of recognized experts in neonatal anesthesia, surgery, and intensive care, this volume is the quintessential clinical reference for perioperative care of these small patients. The considerations of developmental physiology and pharmacology, which influence anesthesia care and pain management, are clearly explained. Care for surgical and medical procedures, including sedation and monitoring in and out of the operating room, is detailed. Congenital disorders of all organ systems are described together with their current management. The special considerations for neonatal intensive care ? current recommendations for fluid, nutrition, and metabolic requirements, mechanical ventilation, and management of the airway ? are detailed. This topical volume concludes with a summary of complications and ethical considerations in the neonate.
Contents:
1. The History of Neonatal Anesthesia
2. Physiology and Development of the term and preterm neonate
3. Anesthesia and ancillary drugs & the neonate
4. Selection of anesthesia techniques for the neonate
5. Neonatal airway management
6. Monitoring the Neonate: basic science
7. Monitoring the neonate: practical considerations
8. Perioperative metabolic care of the term and preterm infant
9. Neonatal ventilation
10. Thoracoabdominal & general surgery
11. Anesthesia for the neonate: Neurosurgery & Ophthalmology
12. Anesthesia for cardiac surgery in neonates
13. Anesthesia outside the operating room
14. Pain assessment and management
15. Regional anesthesia
16. Anesthetic complications in the neonate
17. Ethical and medico-legal considerations. - DigitalMicahel Artman, Lynn Mahony, David F. Teitel.Summary: "Neonatal Cardiology is the trusted go-to guide for pediatricians and neonatologists needing concise, practical guidance on the evaluation and management of newborns with heart disease and other cardiac functional abnormalities. Focusing on physiology, mechanics, and presentation of congenital heart disease, this full-color resource provides a succinct, yet complete overview of neonatal cardiology. Neonatal Cardiology opens with discussions of basic aspects of embryology of the heart and a review of normal and abnormal muscle function. From there, you are led through the clinical assessment of patients with an array of cardiac abnormalities. Management and treatment follow, beginning with a basic chapter on the principles of medical management, followed by drug therapy and post-operative care. The book concludes with a chapter on Epidemiology, Etiology, and Genetics of Congenital Heart Disease"--P. 4 of cover.
Contents:
Cardiac morphogenesis : implications for congenital cardiovascular diseases
Myocyte contraction and relaxation
Perinatal cardiovascular physiology
Prenatal evaluation and management
Initial evaluation of the newborn with suspected cardiovascular disease
Approach to the cyanotic infant
Approach to the infant with excessive pulmonary blood flow
Approach to the infant with inadequate systemic perfusion
Cardiomyopathies
Arrhythmias
Principles of medical management
Cardiovascular drug therapy
Care of the postoperative patient
Neurology of congenital cardiovascular disease : brain development, acquired injury and neurodevelopmental outcome
Epidemiology, etiology, and genetics of congenital cardiovascular disease.Digital Access - DigitalGerda Meijler, Sylke J. Steggerda.Summary: Here is a compact, easy-to-use guide to neonatal cranial ultrasonography for both the novice and experienced practitioner. It provides essential information on the procedure as well as on normal ultrasound anatomy. Includes high-quality ultrasound images.
- DigitalAndrea Poretti, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman, editors.Summary: This book discusses the key features of normal, age-dependent neonatal head and spine ultrasonography and the application of this modality to common and rare neonatal neurologic disorders. Ultrasonography is an incredibly versatile bedside imaging tool in detecting brain and spine abnormalities in neonates, monitoring the course of these lesions, and evaluating the maturation of the neonatal brain and spine. Organized to correspond to daily bedside practice, it presents a symptom-based approach and classifies neonatal neurologic disorders at presentation. For each disorder, clinical cases are presented that explore the differential diagnoses and are accompanied by high-quality ultrasound images that depict the abnormal findings. Topics include seizures, encephalopathy, hemiparesis, apnea, microcephaly, and neonatal spine abnormalities. Neonatal Head and Spine Ultrasonography is a succinct guide to this imaging modality and is a valuable resource for pediatric radiologists, neuroradiologists, neonatologists, and pediatricians.
Contents:
Introduction
Technique
Normal Head Ultrasound in the Preterm and Term Newborn
Seizures Encephalopathy
Muscular Hypotonia
Hemiplegia
Apnea
Microcephaly
Macrocephaly
Dysmorphic Facial Features
Facial Skin Abnormalities. - DigitalNeonatal Hematology : Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Management of Hematologic Problems. Third editionedited by Pedro A. de Alarcón, Eric J. Werner, Robert D. Christensen, Martha C. Sola-Visner.Summary: Neonatal hematology is a fast-growing field, and the majority of sick neonates will develop hematological problems. This is an essential guide to the pathogenesis, diagnosis and management of hematologic problems in the neonate. Guidance is practical, including blood test interpretation, advice on transfusions and reference ranges for hematological values. Chapters have been thoroughly revised according to the latest advances in the field for this updated third edition. Topics discussed include erythrocyte disorders, platelet disorders, leukocyte disorders, immunologic disorders and hemostatic disorders. Coverage of oncological issues has been expanded to two separate chapters on leukemia and solid tumors, making information more easily accessible. Approaches to identifying the cause of anemia in a neonate are explained, with detailed algorithms provided to aid clinicians in practice. Covering an important hematologic niche with an ever increasing amount of specialized knowledge, this book is a valuable resource for hematologists, neonatologists and pediatricians.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- Digital[edited by] Martin Kluckow, Patrick McNamara ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.Summary: Dr. Richard Polin’s Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the toughest challenges facing physicians and care providers in clinical practice, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today’s practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient.
Contents:
Cardiovascular physiology, pathophysiology, and pharmacology
Hemodynamics of postnatal transition
Diagnosis of neonatal cardiovascular compromise: Methods and clinical applications
Common hemodynamic dilemmas in the neonate.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalJoseph B. Cantey, editor.Summary: This book is designed to succinctly cover the pathophysiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment, and important aspects of preventative care for the most frequently encountered neonatal and congenital infections. The first section discusses common neonatal infections acquired during or after delivery, including sepsis, meningitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, and other focal infections. The second section covers a wide range of congenital infections including cytomegalovirus, hepatitis, syphilis, and HIV. The final section discusses the basics of infection prevention, outbreak management, antibiotic stewardship, and immunizations in the nursery setting. Written by an expert in infectious diseases and neonatal/perinatal medicine, this book is the only resource focused exclusively on newborns that is both current and easily accessible. Handbook of Neonatal Infections is an excellent resource for infectious disease specialists, neonatologists, pediatricians, family practitioners, medical students, hospitalists, nurses, and all clinicians caring for infants in the nursery or neonatal intensive care unit.
- DigitalSummary: "This Exam Prep Study Guide was designed to be a high-speed review-a last-minute gut check before your exam day. We created this review to supplement to your certification preparation studies. We encourage you to use it in conjunction with other study aids to ensure you are as prepared as possible for the exam. This book follows National Certification Corporation's most recent exam content outlines and uses a succinct, bulleted format to highlight what you need to know. The aim of this book is to help you solidify your retention of information in the month or so leading up to your exam. It is written by certified inpatient obstetric nurses who are familiar with the exam and the content you need to know"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
General Examination Information
Antepartum and Intrapartum
Adaptation to Extrauterine Life
Neonatal Pharmacology
Respiratory System
Cardiovascular System and Circulation
Gastrointestinal System
Renal/Genitourinary System
Nervous System
Musculoskeletal System
Integumentary System
Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
Endocrine/Metabolic System
Hematologic System
Immune System and Infectious Diseases
Genetic Disorders
Neonatal Foundations
Professional Practice
Practice Exam: Questions
Practice Exam: Answers
Pop Quiz Answers.Digital Access R2Library [2024] - DigitalAmy R. Koehn, editor.Summary: "Written by leading APRN neonatal educators and clinicians, this authoritative study guide delivers all the tools neonatal nurse practitioners need to pass the National Certification Corporation (NCC) certification exam and the Continuing Competency Assessment (CCA). User friendly and concise, this review's content mirrors that of the actual exam and is structured in accordance with the most updated test plan blueprint. This resource's numerous exam-style questions and answers with rationales included in each chapter help readers uncover gaps in their knowledge. This review synthesizes the knowledge required to pass the exam, saving the reader time and effort by omitting extraneous material. In addition to spotlighting essential content throughout the text, recommended references provide the reader with the option to seek out additional information as needed. Additional benefits include important information about the exam along with savvy study and test-taking tips"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Maternal history in the antepartum
Maternal history in the intrapartum
The neonatal physical exam
Clinical laboratory test and diagnostic procedures, techniques, and equipment use for the neonate
Communication and parent/infant interaction
Family integration: the grieving process
Discharge planning and follow-up
Thermoregulation
Resuscitation and delivery room stabilization
Neonatal nutrition
Fluids and electrolytes
Principles of neonatal pharmacology
Pharmacology: common drug therapies
Genetics
The neurologic system
The cardiac system
The pulmonary system
The gastrointestinal system
The renal system
The endocrine/metabolic system
The hematopoietic system
Neonatal infectious diseases
The musculoskeletal system
Integumentary system
Eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and throat
Intrauterine drug exposure
Evidence-based practice
Legal, ethical, and communication issues
Patient safety
Nursing research
Final practice examDigital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalJulia Petty, Tracey Jones, Agnes van den Hoogen, Karen Walker, Carole Kenner, editors.Summary: This textbook is written in line with the Council of International Neonatal Nurses, Inc. (COINN) vision for global unity for neonatal nursing. The core values and goals of COINN are based on excellence and advocacy for high quality newborn care, as well as respecting diversity by integrating cultural norms and values among the care of newborns and their families. The book promotes neonatal nursing as a global speciality through evidence, research, and education of neonatal nurses; and offers key examples of the millennium goals and global outcomes, as well as variations in outcomes for babies. The first part focuses on global perspectives of neonatal nursing from different continents aligning with the World Health Organizations' global regions: (The Americas -USA, Canada and South America-, Western Pacific region -Australia and New Zealand-, European region -UK and Europe-, African region, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean region. For each region, education and competencies, challenges and opportunities, research and evidence-based practice (EBP) as well as practice regulations are described. The second part elaborates on key topics for neonatal nursing across the globe, such as the continuity of neonatal care in the community, patient and family centered care in neonatal settings, sleep and brain development, the fundamental care needs of the neonate and family and global perspectives on hypothermia, hypoglycaemia and hypoxia. Written in a formal academic but reader style, using key literature and evidence, this textbook enables an understanding from a large audience with academic levels and experience, both staff and students, bedside nurses, advanced practice nurses, midwifes and allied professionals. In addition, first person story based reflective narrative are interspersed throughout the book to capture the perspectives of nurses, staff and parents, in the form of vignettes. This textbook is aimed at neonatal nurses across the world as well as current and aspiring students in this field.
Contents:
PART 1 Introduction
Chapter 1. Introduction
PART 2 Global regions
Chapter 2. USA
Chapter 3. Canada
Chapter 4. South America
Chapter 5. Australia
Chapter 6. New Zealand
Chapter 7. UK
Chapter 8. Western Europe
Chapter 9. Eastern Europe
Chapter 10. South Africa
Chapter 11. Eastern Africa (Rwanda)
Chapter 12. Asia
Chapter 13. Middle East
PART 3- Key topics for neonatal nursing across the globe
Chapter 14. Continuity of Neonatal Care in the Community: post-discharge care for preterm, small and sick babies
Chapter 15. Patient and Family Centered Care in Neonatal Settings
Chapter 16. Sleep and brain development: Developmental care strategies
Chapter 17. The three Hs: Hypothermia, hypoglycaemia, hypoxia- Global perspectives on early care of the newborn
Chapter 18. Psychological and emotional care for the neonate and family
Chapter 19. Global research in neonatal nursing
PART 4: Conclusion
Chapter 20. Key messages: The way forward, next steps. - Digitalprepared by the AWHONN Task Force to Revise the Fourth Edition of the AWHONN Education Guide, Basic, High-Risk, and Critical-Care Intrapartum Nursing: Clinical Competencies and Education Guide ; task force members Sandra Hoffman, Barbara O'Brien, Julie Zimmerman.Summary: "This education guide provides a framework for educational content and skills verification for nurses who provide evidence-based care for newborns and infants."--Publisher's description.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalSummary: "The Neonatal Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 3rd Edition, is an essential document for every neonatal nurse practicing in the United States. The scope of practice statement answers the who, what, when, where, how, and why questions of neonatal nursing. The standards provide authoritative statements of the actions and behaviors that all registered neonatal nurses are expected to competently perform, regardless of role, population, specialty, and setting. The product of extensive thought work by many registered nurses, this new edition provides 17 national standards of practice and professional performance. Each standard is accompanied by detailed competencies for the three practice levels. This premier professional resource informs and guides neonatal nurses in their vital work providing safe, quality, and competent care. It is a must-have for every registered neonatal nurse"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover
Title Page
Copyright Page
Contents
Acknowledgments
Scope of Neonatal Nursing Practice
DEFINITION AND OVERVIEW OF PROFESSIONAL NEONATAL NURSING
HISTORY OF NEONATAL NURSING
UNDERLYING ASSUMPTIONS OF NEONATAL NURSING
PRACTICE CHARACTERISTICS OF NEONATAL NURSING
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT
DEVELOPMENTAL CARE
HEALTH PROMOTION
ENVIRONMENT
FAMILY-CENTERED CARE
CULTURALLY SENSITIVE CARE
SPIRITUAL CARE
THE CODE OF ETHICS FOR NURSES
DISCHARGE PLANNING
ADVOCACY
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE
PATIENT SAFETY
RESEARCH PRACTICE ENVIRONMENTS AND LEVELS OF CARE IN NEONATAL NURSING
EDUCATION, CERTIFICATION, AND ROLES IN NEONATAL NURSING
FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
Standards of Practice for Neonatal Nursing
Standard 1. Assessment
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 2. Diagnosis
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse Standard 3. Outcome Identification
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 4. Planning
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 5. Implementation
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 5A. Coordination of Care
Competencies Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 5B. Health Teaching and Health Promotion
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 6. Evaluation
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standards of Professional Performance for Neonatal Nursing
Standard 7. Ethics
Competencies Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 8. Culturally Congruent Practice
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 9. Communication
Competencies
Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
Standard 10. Collaboration
CompetenciesDigital Access R2Library 2021 - Digital[edited by] Carole Kenner, PhD, NNP, RN, FAAN, Judy Wright Lott, PhD, NNP-BC, RN, FAAN.Summary: Neonatal nurses face an ever-changing practice landscape that requires swift decisions and actions. This is an up-to-date, comprehensive, quick reference resource written specifically for neonatal nurses throughout the globe. Designed for speedy information retrieval, it encompasses vital information about commonly encountered conditions and procedures on the neonatal unit. The handbook is written by outstanding neonatal practitioners in accessible language and consistently formatted for ease of use. Illustrations, diagrams and flow charts enhance information, which is divided into sections covering Systems Assessment and Management of Disorders, Special Care Considerations, and Procedures and Diagnostic Tests. Appendices deliver such valuable tools for clinical practice as a list of common abbreviations and pertinent web resources. Also included are downloadable, digital, patient management tools, reusable templates, and quick-reference calculation tools. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Respiratory system / Katherine Newman
Cardiovascular system / Samual Mooneyham
Neurologic system / Georgia Ditzenberger, Susan T. Blackburn, Beth Brown, and Leslie Altimier
Gastrointestinal system / Ann Phalen and Michele Savin
Renal system / Leslie Parker
Hematologic and immune systems / Carole Kenner
Nutrition / Ruth Lucas, Carrie-Ellen Briere, and Ksenia Zukowsky
Surgical care section / Michele DeGrazia
Skin care / Carolyn Lund
Developmental care / Xiaomei Cong
The neonatal intensive care unit (NICU) environment / Leslie B. Altimier
Palliative care / Anita Catlin, & Charlotte Wool
Transition to home and primary care / Marina Boykova, & Carole Kenner
Procedures / section editor, Patricia Johnson
Diagnostic tests / section editor, Samual Mooneyham
Common lab values / Samual Mooneyham
Common drugs : medication guide / Beth Shields.Digital Access R2Library 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digital[edited by] Carole Kenner, Marina V. Boykova.Summary: "This handbook is a quick reference for nurses who care for the small and sick newborn. It addresses the most common conditions and procedures. The material is offered in an easy to use format and is meant to be a quick reference not a comprehensive one. It can be used by anyone providing care to this population. A systems approach is used in section I. Section II highlights special care considerations, and the final Section, III presents the common procedures, diagnostic tests, and lab values. The appendices house additional material on weights and temperatures, common abbreviations, and web resources. In this third edition, all chapters have been updated to reflect new evidence for neonatal nursing care. Additions include oral/nasogastric tube feedings, bottle feedings, high frequency ventilation and new ventilation techniques. There is a new section on Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome and Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal. This book can be used internationally to provide evidence based practice for consistent high-quality care in order to improve neonatal outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalGiuseppe Buonocore, Carlo Valerio Bellieni, editors.Contents:
PART I Delivery and Pain
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
Pain Control During Labour
PART II Fetal Pain
Ultrasound and Fetal Stress: Study of the Fetal Blink-Startle Reflex Evoked by Acoustic Stimuli
Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
Pain in the Fetus
New Insights into Prenatal Stress: Immediate and Long-Term Effects on the Fetus and Their Timing
PART III Neonatal Pain
Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis of Neonatal Crying
Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
Sensory Saturation: An Analgesic Method
Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn
Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
Fetal surgery analgesia
PART IV Pain: a Risk Factor for Brain Damage
Neonatal Stressors
New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs for Neonatal Pain
PART V Pain and Communication
Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn's Family
Communication of Diagnosis: Pain and Grief in the Experience of Parents of Children with a Congenital Malformation
Invest in Prenatal Life: A High-Yield Stock.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAlexandra Mancini, Jayne Price, Tara Kerr-Elliott, editors.Summary: This textbook details the nursing care of babies with life limiting conditions and sets the context within the philosophy of internationally collaborative neonatal palliative care emphasising emotional and practical support for their families. Currently, increasing interest from nursing and medical fields regarding palliative care for babies in the antenatal and neonatal period is evident. This innovative and unique text provides experienced nurses and student nurses alike with realistic guidance in caring for babies with palliative care needs, alongside the crucial support for their families and identifies important strategies for professional self care. Nursing experts in this field collaborated to develop a reference book which supports holistic and integrated clinical practice. Parents experiences of what they consider helpful or not so helpful are interwoven throughout the chapter. There is currently no other textbook which offers the above information and guidance specifically for nurses and allied health professionals. As such this book will appeal to all nurses and health professionals working within the neonatal palliative care specialty in a global context.
Contents:
Foreword
Part I. Achieving Quality Nursing Practice in Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 1. Introduction to Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 2. Exploring the Concept on Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 3. Support for Staff: Building Resilience in Nurses
Chapter 4. The Importance of Effective Communication on the Neonatal Unit
Chapter 5. Spiritual, Cultural and Religious Care for the Baby and Family
Chapter 6. Ethical Concepts in Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 7. Legal Issues in Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 8. The Principles of Genetics within Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 9. Antenatal
Chapter 10. Care of Twins and Multiple Births and Support for the Family: a Detailed Background
Chapter 11. Care of Twins and Multiple Births and Support for the Family: the Butterfly Project
Chapter 12. The Decision-Making Process and the Role of the Neonatal Nurse
Chapter 13. Advance Care Planning
Chapter 14. Organ and Tissue Donation within Neonatal Palliative and End of Life Care
Chapter 15. Continuing Emotional and Practical Support for the Whole Family
Chapter 16. Fundamental Principles of Effective Symptom Management in Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 17. Collaboration between Neonatal Units and Childrens Hospices
Exploring Opportunities for Potentially Improving Care and Offering Choices
Chapter 18. Interdisciplinary Working in Neonatal Palliative Care
Chapter 19. Developing Knowledge and Competence in Neonatal Palliative Care Practice
Chapter 20. Care of the Baby after Death and Family, and Focus on Post Mortem Examination
Part II. Achieving Quality in Neonatal Palliative Care Internationally
Chapter 21. Introduction
Chapter 22. Australia
Chapter 23. Kuwait
Chapter 24. India
Chapter 25. Malaysia
Chapter 26. South Africa
Chapter 27. Ireland
Chapter 28. The Netherlands
Chapter 29. Germany
Chapter 30. Singapore
Chapter 31. Ukraine
Chapter 32. Argentina
Chapter 33. Italy
Chapter 34. Scotland
Chapter 35. France
Support Organisation
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] James Moore, David P. Carlton, Ira Adams-Chapman.Contents:
Maternal-fetal medicine
Normal newborn care
Asphyxia and resuscitation
Cardiovascular function
Respiratory function
Genetics and dysmophism
Nutrition
Renal function
Endocrinology
Immunology
Infectious diseases
Gastroenterology
Dermatology
Hematology and oncology
Neurology
Development and behavior
Pediatric surgery
Basic principles of pharmacology
Ethics and health services delivery
Core knowledge in scholarly activities.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016 - Digitalvolume editors, Francis B. Mimouni, John N. van den Anker.Contents:
Influence of maturation and growth on drug metabolism from fetal to neonatal to adult life / Lindemalm, S.; van den Anker, J.N.
How to translate pharmacokinetic data into dosing recommendations / Krekels, E.H.J.; Knibbe, C.A.J.; Pokorna, P.; Tibboel, D.
Pharmacovigilance in neonatal intensive care / Turner, M.A.; Hill, H.
Neonatal formulations and additives / Allegaert, K.; Turner, M.A.; van den Anker, J.N.
Modelling and simulation to support neonatal clinical trials / Khalil, F.M.N.; Loër, S.
A systematic review of paracetamol and closure of patent ductus arteriosus : are we ready for prime time? / Hammerman, C.; Mimouni, F.B.; Bin-Nun, A.
Formulation of preterm formula : what's in it, and why? / Mimouni, F.B. Aviv; Mandel, D.; Lubetzky, R.
Neonatal pharmacotherapy : legal and regulatory issues / Bax, R.; Tomasi, P.Digital Access Karger 2015 - DigitalSteven M. Donn, Mark C. Mammel.Summary: This pocket atlas explains how to use pulmonary graphics as a valuable adjunct for patient management. Actual patterns commonly encountered in neonatal practice are presented side-by-side with schematic illustrations that take apart the graphic and identify its key features, accompanied by brief explanatory text. The book addresses the principles of real-time pulmonary graphics, discusses waveforms and loops, and examines how both are affected by mechanical ventilation and disease states. A series of clinical cases brings key points to life.
Contents:
1. Principles of Pulmonary Graphics
2. Intro to Waveforms
3. Flow Waveform
4. Pressure Waveform Description Normal Abnormal Overshoot Plateau
5. Volume Waveform
6. Changes in Ventilator Settings and Alterations in Scalar Tracings
7. Pressure-Volume Loop
8. Flow-Volume Loop
9. Trend screens
10. Clinical scenarios
11. Quiz. - Digitaledited by Lamia Soghier and Beverley Robin.Summary: Developed by the leading experts in neonatal simulation, this innovative new resource delivers neonatology health care providers and educators essential guidance on designing, developing, and implementing simulation-based neonatal education programs.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
- DigitalMario Lima, Olivier Reinberg, editors.Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date reference on surgery in the neonate presents and explains the latest developments in the diagnosis and treatment of neonatal malformations and surgical pathologies. The coverage includes conditions involving the head and neck and the chest, disorders of the liver and biliary tract, gastrointestinal disorders, genitourinary conditions and malformations, anterior abdominal wall defects, tumors, and various other pathologies. For each condition, the pathogenesis and the most current and innovative surgical, and also medical, approaches are described with the aid of numerous illustrations. Minimally invasive strategies receive particular attention, and tips and tricks that will be of value in clinical practice are highlighted. The book includes a general part covering topics such as embryology, anatomy, prenatal diagnosis, and anesthesia and also provides detailed advice on pre- and postoperative care, with special consideration of nutritional problems. Neonatal Surgery will serve as an excellent guide for all pediatric and neonatal surgeons, whether in training or experienced.
Contents:
What is a neontal surgeon
General: Perinatal physiology and general clinical characteristics of newborns. Perinatal management and care of surgical neonates (include nutritional support). Anesthesiological considerations: stabilization of the neonate, fluid administration, electrolyte balance, vascular access, ECMO, bronchoscopy, pain in neonates. Imaging in neonates. Training in neonatal surgery and simulation models. Minimal invasive surgery in the neonate
Head and Neck: Choanal atresia. Facial clefts and Pierre Robin Sequence. Macroglossia. Congenital cysts and sinuses of the neck
Chest: Congenital thoracic deformities. Mediastinal masses. Pneumothorax and chylothorax. Congenital malformations of the lung. Congenital diaphragmatic hernia. Esophageal atresia and congenital stenosis
Gastrointestinal: Gastro-esophageal reflux. Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis and other pyloric affections. Gastric volvulus. Intestinal atresias and stenosis. Meconium ileus and peritonitis. Duplications of the alimentary tract. Mesenteric and omental cysts. Necrotizing enterocolitis. Hirschsprung's disease. Anorectal malformations. Congenital pouch colon. Inguinal hernia, cysts, hydroceles. Malrotations and volvulus
Liver and Biliary Tract: Biliary atresia. Hepatic cysts. Choledocal cyst and congenital biliary dilatation. Anterior Abdominal Wall Defects: Omphalocele and gastroschisis. Omphalomesenteric duct remnants. Bladder exstrophy. Cloacal exstrophy. Prune belly syndrome
Tumors: General considerations. Teratoma: cervical and sacrococcygeal. Neuroblastoma. Hepatic tumors. Wilms' tumor. Neonatal ovarian tumors
Genitourinary: Hydronephrosis. Multicystic dysplastic kidney. Vesico-ureteral reflux. Ureteroceles. Posterior urethral valves. Hydrometrocolpos. DSD. Male genital anomalies. Nervous System: Surgical treatment of central nervous system malformations. Congenital CNS tumors
Miscellaneous: Angioma and vascular tumors. Use of the Vacuum Assisted Closure. - DigitalDeborah A. Sesok-Pizzini, editor.Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive review of neonatal transfusion medicine. The text covers major areas of the field, including chapters dedicated to pre transfusion testing, manufacturing, standards and storage; blood product administration; special congenital and acquired disorders in the neonate; hemolytic disease of the newborn; intrauterine transfusions; adverse reactions; and ECMO. The volume features contributions from a diverse group of experts in the field and include pathologists, anesthesiologists, neonatologists, a pediatric hematologist and oncologist, and a high-risk obstetrician. These authors contribute their unique expertise and perspectives to the practice of neonatal transfusion medicine and allow the reader to experience an in depth introduction to each of the chapter topics. Neonatal Transfusion Practices is a valuable, go-to reference that addresses some of the more frequent questions asked by clinicians and professionals who have limited exposure to neonatal transfusion practices. .
Contents:
Neonatal Transfusion Testing, Manufacturing, Standards and Storage
Blood Product Administration
Special Disease Considerations in the Neonate
Hemolytic Disease of the Fetus and Newborn
Intrauterine Transfusions
Adverse Reactions
Transfusion Considerations for Neonatal Extracoporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO).Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalGiuseppe Buonocore, Rodolfo Bracci, Michael Weindling, editors.Summary: This landmark book, a reference work now in its second edition, provides healthcare practitioners in neonatology with an up-to-date, comprehensive source of readily accessible practical advice that will assist in the expert management of patients and their diverse illnesses. Leading experts in their fields discuss the underlying causes and mechanisms and all aspects of the treatment of the full range of neonatal diseases and abnormalities, citing the evidence base whenever appropriate. In addition, detailed information is provided on epidemiology and fetal medicine; therapeutic issues such as the organization of care, transport services, and home care after discharge; legal issues; nutrition; and the consequences of medication use during pregnancy, maternal drug abuse and smoking, and maternal diabetes. The inclusion of summaries, tables, and carefully selected guidelines and recommendations will supply practitioners with quick references and instant solutions during daily practice. The book will be a superb resource for all involved in the care of newborn babies, including neonatologists, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, anesthesiologists, midwives, and nursing staff. It is published within the SpringerReference program, which delivers access to living editions constantly updated through a dynamic peer-review publishing process.
Contents:
Acute and Chronic Renal Failure in the Newborn Infant
Anemia in the Neonatal Period
Apnea of Prematurity and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Bilirubin Metabolism, Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia, and Physiologic Neonatal Jaundice
Biochemical Basis of Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy
Blood Pressure Disorders in the Neonate: Hypotension and Hypertension
Brain Development and Perinatal Vulnerability to Cerebral Damage
Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia/Chronic Lung Disease of the Newborn
Calcium and Phosphorus Homeostasis of Newborns: Pathophysiology
Cardiac Emergencies in the Newborn
Cardiovascular Physiology, Pathology, and Clinical Investigation in Neonatal Medicine
Care of Extremely Low Birth Weight Infants and Timing of Discharge. Information and Psychosocial Intervention in Neonatology.
Cerebral Hemorrhage in Newborns
Cerebral Plasticity and Functional Reorganization in Children with Congenital Brain Lesions
Clinical Aspects and Treatment of the Hypoxic-Ischemic Syndrome
Coagulation Disorders in Newborns: Clinical Aspects of Platelet Disorders
Congenital Immunodeficiencies in Newborns
Congenital Malformations and Syndromes: Early Diagnosis and Prognosis in Neonatal Medicine
Congenital Malformations of the Brain: Prenatal Diagnosis, Spectrum and Causes
Continuous Positive Airways Pressure and other Non-Invasive Ventilation Techniques in Newborns
Control of Breathing in Newborns
Creactive Protein and Procalcitonin: Reference Intervals in Term and Preterm Newborns
Development and General Characteristics of Preterm and Term Newborn
Developmental Pharmacology and Therapeutics in Neonatal Medicine
Diagnosis and Treatment of Renal and Urinary Tract Malformations in Newborns
Diagnosis of Fetal Distress
Disorders of Sexual Development in Newborns
Early Detection of Neonatal Depression and Asphyxia
Early Diagnosis of Congenital Heart Disease: When and How to Treat
Early Markers of Poor Outcome in Neonatal Medicine
Endocrine Diseases and Disorders of Thyroid Function in Newborns
Enteral Feeding of the Very Low Birth Weight Infant
Environment and Early Developmental Care for Newborns
Epidemiology of Adverse Cerebral Outcome of Newborns
Epidemiology: Mortality, Morbidity and Follow Up of High Risk Newborns
Epigenetic Mechanisms
Esophageal Atresia of Newborns
Ethical Problems in Neonatal Medicine
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation for Neonates
Feeding the Term Infant: Human Milk and Formulas
Fetal and Neonatal Hydrops
Fetal Infections: Congenital Syphilis and Tuberculosis
Fetal Infections: Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, and Varicella
Fetal infections: Rubella, HIV, HCV, HBV, and Human Parovirus B19
Follow-up Outcomes of High Risk Infants
Fundamentals of Feto-Neonatal Immunology and Its Clinical Relevance
Gastroenteritis and Intractable Diarrhea in Newborns
Gastrointestinal Malformations of Newborns
Guidelines and Protocols for Newborns
Hematology and Immunology of Newborns: Overview
Hirschsprung's Disease in Newborns
Hormones and Gastrointestinal Function of Newborns
Human Milk and Formulas for Neonatal Nutrition
In Vitro Fertilization and Multiple Pregnancies
Inborn Errors of Metabolism and Newborns
Infants of Diabetic Mothers
Infants of Smoking Mothers
Inflammation and Perinatal Brain Injury
Inflammatory Mediators in Neonatal Asphyxia and Infection
Intrauterine Growth Restriction: Obstetric and Neonatal Aspects. Intervention Strategies.
Kernicterus, Bilirubin-Induced Neurological Dysfunction, and New Treatments for Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia in Neonates
Laboratory Medicine: Reference Intervals for Laboratory Tests and Procedures
Laboratory Medicine: Reference Values and Evidence Based Medicine
Late Preterm Infants at Risk for Short-Term and Long Term Morbidity and Mortality
Lung Diseases: Problems of Steroid Treatment of Fetus and Newborn
Lung Diseases: Surfactant Replacement Therapy in Newborns
Lung Ultrasounds in Neonatal Diagnostic
Malformations of Cortical Development in Newborns: Genetic Aspects
Meconium Aspiration Syndrome
Meconium Plug Syndrome
Micronutrients and Vitamins of Newborns
Molecular Structure of Surfactant: Biochemical Aspects in Newborns
Necrotizing Enterocolitis of Newborns
Neonatal Anesthesia
Neonatal Bacterial and Fungal Infections
Neonatal Care in the Delivery Room: Initial Management and Approach To Low Risk Newborns
Neonatal Cholestasis-Conjugated Hyperbilirubinemia
Neonatal Electroencephalography
Neonatal Hereditary Neutropenia
Neonatal Lung Development and Pulmonary Malformations
Neonatal Malignancies
Neonatal Orthopedic Surgery
Neonatal Pain: Neurophysiology, Recognition, Prevention and Management with Non-Pharmacological Interventions
Neonatal Pulmonary Physiology of Term and Preterm Newborns
Neonatal Seizures
Neonatal Septic Shock
Neonatal Skin Disorders
Neonatal Stroke: Clinical Presentation, Imaging, Treatment, and Prognosis
Neonatal Stroke: Mechanisms
Neonatal Transport Services
Neonatal Viral Infections: Enteroviruses and Respiratory Syncytial Virus
Neonatology and the Law
Neuroimaging Studies of Newborns
Neurological Examination of the Newborn Infant
Neuromuscular Disorders in Newborns
Neuroprotective Strategies for Newborns
Normal and Abnormal Neurodevelopmental and Behavioral Outcomes of Very Low-Birth Weight (VLBW) Infants
Nutritional Recommendations for the Very Low Birth Weight Newborn
Ocular Malformations in Newborns
Organization of Perinatal Care. Training of Doctors and Nurses
Orofacial Malformations
Oxygen Saturation Monitoring in Neonatal Period
Oxygen Toxicity in Newborns
Parenteral Nutrition of Newborns
Patent Ductus Arteriosus in Newborns
Pathologic Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia, Isoimmunization, Abnormalities of Red Blood Cells, and Infections
Pathology and Treatment of Liver Diseases in Newborns
Pathophysiology of Coagulation and Deficiencies of Coagulation Factors in Newborns
Pathophysiology of Fetal and Neonatal Kidneys
Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn and Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia: Nitric Oxide Therapy in Neonatology
Physical Environment for Newborns: the Thermal Environment
Physical Examination of the Newborn
Physiology and Abnormalities of Leukocytes in Newborns
Physiology of the Gastrointestinal Tract in Newborns
Polycythemia and Hyperviscosity in Neonates
Post-Discharge Nutrition in Preterm Infants
Prenatal and Postnatal Inflammatory Mechanisms
Primary Investigations in the Term and Preterm Newborn
Problems of Discharge and Home Care of Newborns
Pulmonary Air Leakage in Newborns
Pulmonary Hemorrhage, Transient Tachypnea and Neonatal Pneumonia
Quality of Neonatal Intensive Care and Outcome for High Risk Newborn Infants
Rare Lung Diseases of Newborns
Rare Surgical Emergencies of Newborns
Recombinant G-CSF Treatment of Severe Chronic Neutropenia in Neonates and Infants
Rehydration after Diarrhea in Newborns
Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Predisposing Factors, Pathophysiology, and Diagnosis
Resuscitation of the Newborn
Retinopathy of Prematurity
Risk Factors for Gestational Diseases
Risk Management of Newborns
Safety of Medications During Pregnancy and Breastfeeding: Infants of Drug-Addicted Mothers
Surfactant Metabolism in Neonatal Lung Diseases
Surgical Treatment in Newborns of Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Surgical Treatment of Biliary Tract Malformations in Newborns
The Fetus at Risk: Chorioamnionitis
The Process of Decision-Making in Neonatology
The Thrombotic Risk of the Newborn
The Timing of Neonatal Brain Damage
Toxoplasmosis in the Fetus and in the Newborn
Treatment of Hyperbilirubinemia in Newborns
Treatment of Respiratory Failure in Newborn: Mechanical Ventilation
Vaccinations and Neonatal Immunity.- . - Digital[edited by] David K. Stevenson, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, Ronald S. Cohen, MD, Clincal Professor of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, Philip Sunshine, MD, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.Summary: "Understand the fundamental principles of neonatology and learn evidence-based care strategies. With coverage that strikes the perfect balance between proven management approaches and fundamental principles, this unique resource combines the benefits of a comprehensive neonatology textbook with a practical procedural guide. You will get a detailed step-by-step instruction on diagnosis, management, and treatment of acute problems of the newborn as organized by organ system, based on the highest level of evidence available, along with a thorough review of topics such as epidemiology, ethics, legal issues in the NICU, monitoring devices, fluid requirements, and enteral nutrition."--Publisher's website.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
- DigitalJae Hoon Lim, Kee-Taek Jang, Jung Hoon Kim.Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the radiologic and pathologic findings of neoplastic diseases of the biliary tract, a sound knowledge of which is essential for appropriate patient management. A key feature is the correlation of imaging findings with both gross pathologic and histopathologic findings for each disease. This is of the utmost importance in understanding true pathologic abnormalities, bearing in mind, for example, the difficulty in ascertaining disease spread and extent on the basis of pathology alone. Since the first edition of the book, conceptual understanding of neoplastic disease of the bile ducts and cholangiocarcinogenesis has evolved significantly, and in the new edition the classification of diseases is based on the most recent edition of the WHO Classification of Tumors of the Digestive System. In addition, some newly recognized pathologies are covered. The book will enhance understanding of the pathology of neoplastic diseases of the biliary tract and aid imaging interpretation. It will be a great asset for pathologists, radiologists, biliary surgeons, and gastroenterologists.
Contents:
1. Anatomy of the Biliary Tract
2. Bile Duct Cysts
3. Cystic Neoplasms
4. Benign Neoplasms of the Bile Ducts
5. Precursors of Cholangiocarcinoma
6. Intraductal Papillary Neoplasm of the Bile Ducts
7. Cholangiocarcinoma
8. Tumors of the Gallbladder
9. Tumors of the Ampulla Vater and Duodenal Papilla. - DigitalPeter H. Wiernik, Janice P. Dutcher, Morie A. Gertz, editors.Summary: The new edition of this textbook integrates the history, epidemiology, pathology, pathophysiology, therapeutics, and supportive care of modern neoplastic hematopathology. Now in its sixth edition, this classic and invaluable text brings together a team of internationally renowned experts and offers in-depth coverage of the complex interface between diagnosis and therapy. The textbook is divided into five major sections, with the first four covering the spectrum of hematologic neoplasia, including chronic leukemias and related disorders, acute leukemias, myeloma and related disorders, and lymphomas, and the fifth section covering a variety of topics in supportive care. Chapters are presented in an accessible and easy-to-read layout, providing updates on the tremendous progress made in the last decade in the understanding of the nature of hematologic malignancies and their treatment. Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood, Sixth Edition is an authoritative and indispensable resource for students, trainees, and clinicians, sure to distinguish itself as the definitive reference on this subject.
Contents:
A History of the Chronic Leukemias
Epidemiology and Etiology of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Pathology of the Chronic Myeloid Leukemias
Molecular Biology and Cytogenetics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Diagnosis and Treatment of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Etiology and Epidemiology of CLL
Morphology and Immunophenotype of CLL
The Genomic and Epigenomic Landscape of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
Treatment of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Related Disorders
Hairy Cell Leukemia
History of Acute Leukemia
The Etiology of Acute Leukemia
Epidemiology and Hereditary Aspects of Acute Leukemia
Classification of the Acute Leukemias: Cytochemical and Morphologic Considerations
Immunobiology of Acute Leukemia
Cytogenetics of Acute Leukemia
Diagnosis and Treatment of Childhood Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia
Diagnosis and Treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia in Children
Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Acute Myeloid Leukemia Other than Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
Therapy-Related Acute Myelogenous Leukemia
The Myelodysplastic Syndromes
History of Multiple Myeloma
Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance
Smoldering Multiple Myeloma
Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma in Frail Patients
Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma in Transplant Eligible Patients
Role of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Myeloma
Solitary Plasmacytomas and Soft-Tissue Involvement in Multiple Myeloma
Supportive Care in Multiple Myeloma
POEMS Syndrome
Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia
Plasma Cell Leukemia
Prognosis of Myeloma/Genetics of Myeloma
Immunoglobulin Light Chain Amyloidosis (AL)
Historical Landmarks in an Understanding of the Lymphomas
Genetics in Lymphomagenesis
Epidemiology and Hereditary Aspects of Hodgkin and Non-Hodgkin Lymphomas
Pathology of Non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin Lymphomas
Immunology of the Lymphomas
Cytogenetics of Lymphomas
Diagnosis and Treatment of Hodgkin Lymphoma
Radiotherapeutic Management of Lymphomas
Diagnosis and Treatment of Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma of Adults
Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma of Childhood
Lymphoma in Other Diseases
Supportive Care for Patients with Leukemia: A Historical Perspective
Prevention of Infections in Patients with Hematological Malignancies
Evaluation and Management of Bacterial and Fungal Infections in Patients with a Hematological Malignancy: A 2016 Update
Viral Infections in Patients with Hematological Malignancies
Therapeutic Cytapheresis, Plasmapheresis, and Plasma Exchange in Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood
Red Cell Transfusions in Patients with Hematologic Malignancies
Platelet and Granulocyte Transition
Alternative Sources of Hematopoietic Stem Cells and Their Clinical Applications
HLA Typing in Support of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation from Unrelated Donors
Special Care of Blood and Marrow Hematopoietic Cell Transplant Recipient
Hematopoietic Growth Factors in the Supportive Care and Treatment of Patients with Hematologic Neoplasms
Bleeding and Thrombosis in Hematologic Neoplasia
Psychological Aspects of Hematological Neoplasms. - DigitalValentí Rull, Ana Carolina Carnaval, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the patterns of biodiversity in various neotropical ecosystems, as well as a discussion on their historical biogeographies and underlying diversification processes. All chapters were written by prominent researchers in the fields of tropical biology, molecular ecology, climatology, paleoecology, and geography, producing an outstanding collection of essays, synthetic analyses, and novel investigations that describe and improve our understanding of the biodiversity of this unique region. With chapters on the Amazon and Caribbean forests, the Atlantic rainforests, the Andes, the Cerrado savannahs, the Caatinga drylands, the Chaco, and Mesoamerica - along with broad taxonomic coverage - this book summarizes a wide range of hypotheses, views, and methods concerning the processes and mechanisms of neotropical diversification. The range of perspectives presented makes the book a truly comprehensive, state-of-the-art publication on the topic, which will fascinate both scientists and general readers alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Part 1. Neotropical diversity and diversification
Chapter 2. Neotropical diversification: historical overview and conceptual insights
Chapter 3. Beyond refugia: New insights on Quaternary climate variation and the evolution of biotic diversity in tropical South America
Chapter 4. Tropical and subtropical in South America: a study of community turnover across environmental gradients
Chapter 5. Evolutionary macroecology and the geographical patterns of Neotropical diversification
Chapter 6. Evolutionary imprints on species distribution patterns across the Neotropics
Chapter 7. Avian diversity in humid tropical and subtropical south American forests, with a discussion about their related climatic and geological underpinnings
Chapter 8. Contrasting patterns of temporal diversification in Neotropical butterflies: An overview
Chapter 9. Diatom diversity and biogeography across tropical South America
Part 2. Regional biodiversity patterns and diversification processes
Chapter 10. The origin and evolution of Amazonian species diversity
Chapter 11. Patterns and processes of diversification in Amazonian white sand ecosystems: insights from birds and plants
Chapter 12. Human contribution to Amazonian plant diversity: legacy of pre-Columbian land use in modern plant communities
Chapter 13. On the young savannas in the land of ancient forests
Chapter 14. The diversification of extant Angiosperms in the South America dry diagonal
Chapter 15. Diversity, endemism, and evolutionary history of montane biotas outside the Andean region
Chapter 16. Patterns of species and lineage diversity in the Atlantic rainforest of Brazil
Chapter 17. Diversification in ancient and nutrient-poor Neotropical ecosystems: how geological and climatic buffering have shaped plant diversity in some of the worlds neglected hotspots
Chapter 18. Bioregions of Eastern Brazil, based on vascular plant occurrence data
Chapter 1 9. Forests diversity in the Mexican neotropics: A paleocological view
Chapter 20. Historical biogeography of Caribbean plants revises regional paleogeography
Part 3. Taxon-based local and regional studies
Chapter 21. Amphibians and reptiles of Venezuelan Guayana: diversity, biogeography and conservation
Chapter 22. Origin of elevational replacements in a clade of nearly flightless birds
most diversity in tropical mountains accumulates via secondary contact following allopatric speciation
Chapter 23. Clade-specific biogeographic history and climatic niche shifts of the southern Andean-southern Brazilian disjunction in plants
Chapter 24. Biotic and landscape evolution in an Amazonian contact zone: insights from the herpetofauna of the Tapajós River basin
Chapter 25. Diversification processes in lizards and snakes from the middle São Francisco River dune region
Chapter 26. Unexpected beta-diversity radiations in highland clades of Andean Terraranae frogs
Chapter 27. Disparate patterns of diversification within Liolaemini lizards
Chapter 28. Diversification history of Neotropical Lecythidaceae, an ecologically dominant tree family of Amazon rain forest
Part 4. IV. Epilogue
Chapter 29. Conservation in the Neotropics
a final reflection.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLuiz Henrique Rosa, editor.Summary: This pioneering book focuses on Neotropical endophytic fungi, providing a comprehensive overview of their diversity, ecology, and biotechnological applications in medicine, agriculture, and industry. Despite their rich diversity, the endophytic fungi associated with plants of Central and South American biomes remain largely unknown. The book addresses that knowledge gap by offering insights into Neotropic endophytic fungal community.
Contents:
Neotropical endophytic fungi: isolation, diversity, and biogeography of Neotropical endophytic fungi
Ecology of Neotropical endophytic fungi
Diversity, ecology and applications of Epichloë fungal endophytes of grasses in South America
Endophytes from unique ecosystems in Chile: challenge and opportunities for biodiversity and biotechnological applications
Endophytic fungal community associated with Colombian plants
Fungal endophytes and bioactive compounds from tropical forests of Costa Rica
Diversity of endophytic fungi in Brazilian biomes Rupestrian Grasslands, Caatinga, Pampa, and Pantanal
Endophytic fungi of the Cerrado: Diversity and its role in ecological interactions and environmental conservation
Endophytic fungi associated with medicinal plants of Amazonian forest
Endophytic fungi associated with ancient Neotropical plants
Bioprospecting of Neotropical endophytic fungi in South America applied to medicine
Bioprospecting of Neotropical endophytic fungi applied to agriculture
Endophytic fungi associated with Neotropical plants: a source of promising macromolecules for use in biotechnology
Potential use of Neotropical endophytic fungi in green synthesis of nanoparticles using endophytes
Bioprospecting of secondary bioactive metabolites produced by endophytic fungi of the medicinal Piper sp. in the Brazilian Tropical Rain Forest
Diversity of endophytic fungi of Empetrum rubrum Vahl ex Willd (Ericaceae), a medicinal plant from austral South America. - DigitalBernardo Urbani, Manuel Lizarralde, editors.Summary: Ethnoprimatology is situated at the intersection between the biological and cultural subfields of anthropology. Research on the interface between human and nonhuman primates has been steadily increasing since 1997, when the term ethnoprimatology was first coined. Although there have been studies on human-nonhuman primate interactions in the tropical Americas, no single comprehensive volume has been published that integrates this information to fully understand it in this region. Eighteen novel chapters written by outstanding scholars with various backgrounds are included in this edited volume. They refer to the complex interconnections between different indigenous peoples with New World monkeys that sympatrically share their ancestral territories. Geographically, the range covers all of the Neotropics, from southern Mexico through northern Argentina. This work includes topics such as primates as prey and food, ethnozoology/ethnoecology, cosmology, narratives about monkeys, uses of primates, monkeys as pets, and ethnoclassification. Multiple views as well as diverse theoretical and methodological approaches are found within the pages. In sum, this is a compendium of ethnoprimatological research that will be prized by anthropologists, ethnobiologists, primatologists, conservationists, and zoologists alike. "This book ... provides a historical benchmark for all subsequent research in ethnoprimatology in the Neotropics and beyond."--Leslie E. Sponsel, University of Hawaii at Mānoa.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
References
Neotropical Ethnoprimatology: An Introduction
References
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
About the Editors
Part I: Mesoamerica
Chapter 1: Perception and Uses of Primates Among Popoluca Indigenous People in Los Tuxtlas, Mexico
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Methods
1.3 Results
1.3.1 Cultural and Traditional Aspects About Primates
1.3.2 Emotive Perceptions About Primates
1.3.3 Medicinal Use of Primates
1.3.4 Use of Primates as Pets
1.3.5 Use of Primates as Food
1.3.6 Economic Uses and Perceptions About Primates 1.3.7 Perceived Ecological Importance of Primates
1.3.8 Perceived Abundance and Distribution of Primates
1.3.9 Perceived Threats to the Conservation of Primates
1.3.10 Interest in Primate Conservation
1.4 Discussion
References
Chapter 2: Mental State Attribution to Nonhuman Primates and Other Animals by Rural Inhabitants of the Community of Conhuas Near the Calakmul Biosphere Reserve in the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Present Study
2.3 Results
2.3.1 The Folk Psychology of Basic Emotions
2.3.1.1 Anger
2.3.1.2 Fear
2.3.1.3 Pain 2.3.1.4 Joy
2.3.2 The Folk Psychology of Complex Mental States
2.3.2.1 Thinking, Intelligence, and Deceit
2.3.2.2 Deceit
2.4 Discussion
2.5 Acknowledgments
Appendix 1: Sociodemographic Information of Participants
Appendix 2: List of Animal Cards Shown to Participants
References
Chapter 3: Local Knowledge and Cultural Significance of Primates (Ateles geoffroyi and Alouatta pigra) Among Lacandon Maya from Chiapas, Mexico
3.1 Introduction
3.2 The Lacandon Maya from Naha and Metzabok and Their Environment
3.2.1 The Lacandon
3.2.2 The Lacandon Environment 3.3 Monkeys in the Ancient Maya
3.3.1 The Origin of Monkeys
3.3.2 The Monkey: Lord of Writing
3.3.3 Monkeys as Wahyis (Powerful Supernatural Spirits)
3.3.4 Monkey-Cacao (Chocolate) Associations
3.3.5 Primate Representations in the Archaeological Record
3.4 Current Local Knowledge and Cultural Significance of Non-human Primates
3.5 Conclusions
References
Chapter 4: Representation and Signification of Primates in Maya-Q'eqchi' Cosmovision and Implications for Their Conservation in Northwestern Guatemala
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Study Area 4.3 Primates and Our Participatory Conservation Work
4.4 Representation and Signification of Primates in Maya-Q'eqchi' Culture and Cosmovision
4.4.1 Origin of Primates
4.4.2 Family Lineages, Surnames, and Proper Names
4.4.3 Sacred Mayan Calendar and the Nahual B'atz'
4.4.4 Art
4.4.5 Language
4.4.6 Uses and Attitudes
4.5 Implications for Primate and Habitat Conservation
4.6 Final Considerations
References
Part II: South America
Chapter 5: Ethnoprimatology of the Tikuna in the Southern Colombian Amazon
5.1 Introduction
5.2 The Tikuna - DigitalFabio Prezoto, Fabio Santos Nascimento, Bruno Corrêa Barbosa, Alexandre Somavilla, editors.Summary: This book provides updated information on this intriguing and exciting group of insects: Neotropical Social Wasps. These insects have a particular biology and their colonies are formed by a few cooperative females living in either small or massive, structured nests where stinging individuals organize their activities and defend their offspring. Topics include evolutionary aspects, biogeography, post-embryonic development, community behavior and ecology, economic importance, and research methods.
Contents:
A Brief Review Of Studies On Social Wasps In Brazil
The Evolution of Swarm Founding in the Wasps: Possible Scenarios
The foraging behaviour of neotropical social wasps
The choice of sexual partner in social wasps
Nesting Habits of Neotropical Social Wasps
Castes and polymorphisms in neotropical social wasps
The biology of swarm-founding epiponine wasp, Polybia paulsita
Causes and consequences of reproductive conflicts in wasp societies
Post-embryonic Development in Brazilian Social Wasps
Evolution and adaptation of the wings and mandibles of neotropical social wasps
Cuticular hydrocarbon studies in Neotropical Social Wasps
Biogeographic hypotheses for the Neotropical Social Wasps
Chromosome diversity and evolution in Neotropical social wasps
Phylogeny and classification of the Neotropical social wasps
List of species of social wasps from Brazil
The Old-World versus New-World social wasps: Similarities, differences and threats
Key to the genera of social wasps (Polistinae) occurring in Brazil
Research techniques used in the study of social wasps
Community ecology of social wasps in Brazil: Forty years of studies
lnteractions between wasps and other animals: associations and natural enemies
Interactions of social wasps with microorganisms
Artificial Environments for Studying Eusocial Wasps
Economic importance of Neotropical Social Wasps. - DigitalMary Qiu, editor.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of neovascular glaucoma (NVG), which is an extraordinarily aggressive type of secondary glaucoma that has often been discussed as an afterthought rather than the focal subject in glaucoma reference books. NVG is considered an end stage complication in patients with certain underlying retinal diseases, most commonly diabetic retinopathy and retinal vein occlusions. Historically, NVG has been one of the most difficult types of glaucoma to manage, with a high failure rate for traditional glaucoma surgery, and often progression of the underlying retinal disease despite "standard of care" treatment. Chapters cover advancements made in recent years in the management of the underlying ischemic retinal conditions that lead to NVG, including the use of anti-vascular endothelial growth factor (anti-VEGF) medications. Additionally, chapters discuss glaucoma surgeries, which have become less invasive in recent years with the advent of microinvasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS). This book offers an up-to-date reference regarding current concepts in the diagnosis, as well as medical, laser, and surgical treatment of NVG in the anti-VEGF era, with attention to the close collaboration between glaucoma specialists and retina specialists. Neovascular Glaucoma - Current Concepts in Diagnosis and Treatment will change the way ophthalmologists manage NVG, ensuring patients better outcomes. It is a must-have resource for ophthalmologists worldwide.
- DigitalClaudio Ronco.Summary: "Kidney disease is frequently described as a public health problem. This book will unpack what we mean by "public health" and by "taking a public health approach." We will consider the global burden of kidney diseases and their determinants, with a focus on chronic kidney disease"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Karger 2021
- Digital[edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, Matthew A. Sparks, Joel Michels Topf.Contents:
Part I. Patient assessment. History and physical diagnosis
Urinalysis
Measurement of GFR
Imaging techniques
Renal biopsy
Part II. Acute kidney injury. Epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology and diagnosis
Management options: CRRT
Hepatorenal syndrome
Cardiorenal syndrome
Medications
Sepsis
Rhabdomyolysis
Tumor lysis syndrome
Contrast-induced nephropathy
Acute glomerulonephritis and RPGN
Nephrotic syndrome
Obstructive uropathy
Nephrolithiasis
Part III. Chronic kidney disease. Epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology and staging
Anemia in chronic kidney disease
Renal osteodystrophy
Cardiovascular disease
Hyperlipidemia
Nutrition
Management of the patient with progressive renal failure
Drug dosing in patients with CKD
Part IV. Primary glomerular disorders. Minimal change disease
Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
Membranous nephropathy
IgA nephropathy and Henoch Schonlein disease
Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
Part V. Secondary glomerular disorders. Diabetic nephropathy
Lupus nephritis
Dysproteinemias or light chain diseases
Vascultides
Thrombotic microangiopathies
Part VI. Infection associated glomeruleonephritides. Post-infectious glomereulonephritis
Viral hepatitis-associated glomerulonephritis
HIV-associated renal disorders
Part VII. Other renal parenchymal diseases. Fabry disease
Cystic diseases of the kidneys
Other hereditary renal disorders
Tubulointerstitial diseases
Urinary tract infections
Renal neoplasias
Part VIII. Renal diseases in special populations. Renal disease and hypertension in pregnancy
Sickle cell nephropathy
Renal disease in the elderly
Part IX. Treatment options. Hemodialysis
Home dialysis
Peritoneal dialysis
Therapeutic plasma exchange (plasmapheresis)
Part X. Transplantation. Epidemiology and outcomes
Donor and recipient evaluation
Immunosuppression
Rejection of the renal transplant
Post-transplant malignancies
Post-transplant infections
Primary care of the renal transplant patient
Part XI. Hypertension. Primary hypertension
Renal parenchymal hypertension
Renovascular disease
Endocrine hypertension
Other forms of secondary hypertension
Renal diseases in African-Americans
Resistant hypertension
Hypertensive emergencies
Pharmacologic treatment of hypertension
Non-pharmacologic treatment of hypertension
Part XII. Acid-base and electrolyte disorders. Volume disorders
Genetic disorders of Na transport
Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
Hypokalemia and hyperkalemia
Hypocalcemia and hypercalcemia
Disorders of phosphorus metabolism
Disorders of magnesium metabolism
Metabolic acidosis
Metabolic alkalosis
Part XIII. Onconephrology.
Part XIV. Palliative care nephrology.
Part XV. Nephrology beginnings.
Part XVI. Nephrology trivia.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJosé A. Moura-Neto, José Carolino Divino-Filho, Claudio Ronco, editors.Summary: This book presents contributions from leading international experts in the field of nephrology. Each chapter is independent and discusses nephrology in the authors country, including the history of nephrology development, kidney disease epidemiology, clinical nephrology, dialysis practice in acute and chronic renal failure settings (hemodialysis, hemodiafiltration, peritoneal dialysis), pediatric nephrology, and kidney transplantation. In addition, the book covers topics such as the job market for nephrologists, reimbursement, nephrology education, and the number of professionals in the private and public sectors. With 53 chapters and more than 300 authors from all continents offering a unique perspective on nephrology practice, it provides a much-needed information source for nephrologists around the globe. The reader will be able to travel through Nephrology Worldwide, a pleasant reading experience with not only relevant information and updated data, but also a comprehensive look at the history, countries peculiarities, and a critical analysis of the scenario of nephrology and renal replacement therapy. A valuable resource for healthcare professionals and other stakeholders interested in learning about the status quo of Nephrology Worldwide. Both the failings and the successes are outlined in a way that should make this book a compelling read, not just for the well-informed renal physician, but also for planners and policy makers whose thinking and actions are integral to the way we practice medicine. Sir Peter J. Ratcliffe, Nephrologist and 2019 Nobel Prize Winner.
Contents:
Nephrology Worldwide: the Vision, the Project, and the Mission
Nephrology Worldwide: a Perspective from the International Society of Nephrology
Nephrology in the Democratic Republic of the Congo
Nephrology in Ethiopia
Nephrology in Nigeria
Nephrology in South Africa
Nephrology in Uganda
Nephrology in Canada
Nephrology in Mexico
Nephrology in the United States of America
Nephrology in Cuba
Nephrology in Argentina
Nephrology in Bolivia
Nephrology in Brazil
Nephrology in Chile
Nephrology in Uruguay
Nephrology in Venezuela
Nephrology in Bangladesh
Nephrology in India
Nephrology in Pakistan
Nephrology in China
Nephrology in Japan
Nephrology in Cambodia
Nephrology in Indonesia
Nephrology in Malaysia
Nephrology in Singapore
Nephrology in Thailand
Nephrology in Iran
Nephrology in Israel
Nephrology in the Sultanate of Oman
Nephrology in Saudi Arabia
Nephrology in Turkey
Nephrology in United Arab Emirates
Nephrology in Albania
Nephrology in Bulgaria
Nephrology in Croatia
Nephrology in the Czech Republic
Nephrology in Poland
Nephrology in Russia
Nephrology in Ukraine
Nephrology in Denmark
Nephrology in France
Nephrology in Greece
Nephrology in Italy
Nephrology in Ireland
Nephrology in the Netherlands
Nephrology in Portugal
Nephrology in the United Kingdom
Nephrology in Spain
Nephrology in Sweden
Nephrology in Switzerland
Nephrology in Australia
Nephrology in New Zealand. - Digitaleditors Kiyoshige Ohseto, Hiroyuki Uchino, Hiroki Iida.Summary: This book provides physicians practicing at pain management clinics with comprehensive explanations of interventional therapeutic procedures including nerve blockade, as well as pharmacotherapy. Interventional therapeutic procedures including nerve blockade are categorized by devices into landmark ("blind"), X-ray-guided, ultrasound-guided, CT-guided, MR-guided, and endoscopic techniques. In this book, each chapter introduces one type of nerve blockade procedure that involves several different devices. The authors describe the pros and cons of each technique and make recommendations for the best devices to use. This book will also help anesthesiologists and other physicians to improve their treatment techniques.
- DigitalAmgad S. Hanna.Summary: This book addresses the severe knowledge deficit in peripheral nerve amongst neurosurgeons, however this topic represents an integral part of the oral board examination. The book employs a case based approach with the highest-yield scenarios for oral boards, primarily focusing on nerve entrapments, trauma and tumors. Thanks to its question and answer format, the reader is encouraged to think about the cases and questions as if taking the real exam before they check the answers. The work also includes common pitfalls, a section on nerve examinations including video recordings, and a section on important clinical findings that should be diagnosed from the picture. The book not only serves neurosurgeons, but also plastic surgeons, orthopedists, and neurologists.
Contents:
Front Matter
Nerve Cases
Front Matter
Case I: Hand Weakness 1
Case II: Shoulder Weakness 1
Case III: Foot Drop 1
Case IV: Foot Drop 2
Case V: Tumor 1
Case VI: Shoulder Pain
Case VII: Tumor 2
Case VIII: Trauma 1
Case IX: Trauma 2
Case X: Hand Pain
Case XI: Shoulder Weakness 2
Case XII: Tumor 3
Case XIII: Thigh Pain 1
Case XIV: Hand Weakness 2
Case XV: Hand Weakness 3
Case XVI: Arm Pain
Case XVII: Hand Weakness 4
Case XVIII: Thigh Pain 2
Case IX: Trauma 3
Case XX: Foot Pain
Case XXI: Forearm Pain
Case XXII: Thigh Weakness
Examination
Front Matter
Examination of the Upper Limb
Examination of the Lower Limb
Instant Pattern Recognition
Front Matter
Sight Diagnosis
Back Matter.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digital[edited by] Susan E. Mackinnon ; contributing editor, Andrew Yee.Summary: Representing the treatment and management philosophy of Dr. Susan Mackinnon, Nerve Surgery provides extensive coverage of innovative surgical options as well as guidance on the management of complicated compression neuropathies. In addition to detailed information on tried-and-true as well as cutting-edge surgical techniques, it contains chapters on the basic principles of nerve surgery, such as Anatomy and Physiology for the Peripheral Nerve Surgeon and Evaluation of the Patient with Nerve Injury or Nerve Compression. Key Features: More than 850 compelling full-color figures and photographs demonstrate key concepts, Videos narrated by Dr. Mackinnon are available online, Coverage of important conditions that can be treated non-operatively, such as neurogenic thoracic outlet syndrome and multilevel compression neuropathy, Strategies and secondary procedures for failed nerve surgeries, Dr. Mackinnon provides tips on how she manages complicated pain problems. This book is a core reference for all plastic surgeons, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, hand surgeons, residents, and allied health specialists treating patients with nerve injuries.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology for the Peripheral Nerve Surgeon
Chapter 2: Evaluation of the Patient with Nerve Injury or Nerve Compression
Chapter 3: The Electrodiagnostic Examination with Peripheral Nerve Injuries
Chapter 4: Nerve Repair and Grafting
Chapter 5: Nerve Transfer for the Forearm and Hand
Chapter 6: Nerve Transfer Procedures for Tetraplegia
Chapter 7: Nerve Autograft Substitutes: Conduits and Processed Allografts
Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Allotransplantation
Chapter 9: Median Nerve Entrapment and Injury
Chapter 10: Ulnar Nerve Entrapment and Injury
Chapter 11: Radial Nerve Entrapment and Injury
Chapter 12: Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
Chapter 13: Injury and Compression Neuropathy in the Lower Extremity
Chapter 14: Brachial Plexus Injuries
Chapter 15: Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Palsy
Chapter 16: Facial Nerve Injury
Chapter 17: Tendon Transfers for Functional Reconstruction
Chapter 18: Tumors of the Peripheral Nervous System
Chapter 19: Surgical Management of Chronic Headaches, Migraines, and Neuralgias
Chapter 20: Painful Sequelae of Peripheral Nerve Injuries.Digital Access - DigitalDigital Access Karger v. 69-, 2011-
- DigitalSummary: Site is designed to teach human anatomy to students of the health professions, and to serve to review anatomy for clinical rotations and USMLE preparation.Digital Access Sch Educ Syst Website
- DigitalSummary: Site is designed to teach human anatomy to students of the health professions, and to serve to review anatomy for clinical rotations and USMLE preparation.Digital Access Sch Educ Syst Website
- DigitalFrank H. Netter ; contributing illustrator and art lead editor, Carlos A.G. Machado ; terminology content lead editors, Paul E. Neumann, R. Shane Tubbs ; electronic content lead editors, Brion Benninger, Todd M. Hoagland ; educational content editors, Jennifer K. Brueckner-Collins, Martha Johnson Gdowski, Virginia T. Lyons, Peter J. Ward ; emeritus editor, John T. Hansen.Contents:
Introduction
Head and neck
Back
Thorax
Abdomen
Pelvis
Upper limb
Lower limb
Plate pearls
Study guides.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter, MD ; edited by Roger P. Smith, Paul J. Turek ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado ; contributing illustrators John A. Craig, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, DragonFly Media, Paul Kim, Kristen W. Marzejon, James A. Perkins.Summary: Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the reproductive system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. Roger P. Smith and Paul J. Turek, Reproductive System, Volume 1 integrates core concepts of anatomy, embryology, physiology, and genetics with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Development of the genital tracts and functional relationships of the gonads
Penis and male perineum
Scrotum and testis
Seminal vesicles and prostate
Sperm and ejaculation
Vulva
Vagina
Uterus and cervix
Fallopian tubes
Ovaries
Ovum and reproduction
Pregnancy
Breast
Sex reassignment.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; edited by William F. Young, Jr. ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado ; contributing illustrators John A. Craig, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, DragonFly Media, Paul Kim, Kristen W. Marzejon, James A. Perkins.Summary: "Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the endocrine system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Dr. William F. Young, Jr., Endocrine System, Volume 2 integrates core concepts of anatomy, embryology, physiology, and genetics with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators." -- Elsevier website.
Contents:
Pituitary and hypothalamus
Thyroid
Adrenal
Reproduction
Pancreas
Bone and calcium
Lipids and nutrition
Genetics and endocrine neoplasia.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] David A. Kaminsky ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado ; contributing illustrators John A. Craig, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, Anita Impagliazzo, Paul Kim, Kristen W. Marzejon, James A. Perkins.Summary: Respiratory System, Volume 3 integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Anatomy and embryology
Physiology
Diagnostic procedures
Diseases and pathology
Therapies and therapeutic procedures.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; authored by Bryan E. Anderson ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the integumentary system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Dr. Bryan E. Anderson, Integumentary System, Volume 4 integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Anatomy, embryology, and physiology
Benign growths
Malignant growths
Rashes
Autoimmune blistering diseases
Infectious diseases
Hair and nail diseases
Nutritional and metabolic diseases
Genodermatoses and syndromes.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter, MD ; edited by Roshan M. Patel, Jaime Landman ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado ; contributing illustrators John A. Craig, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, DragonFly Media, Anita Impagliazzo, Paul Kim, Kristen W. Marzejon, James A. Perkins.Summary: Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the urinary system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. Jaime Landman and Roshan M. Patel, Urinary System, Volume 5 integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Anatomy of the urinary tract
Normal and abnormal development
Physiology
Kidney diseases
Urinary tract infections
Urinary tract obstructions
Traumatic injuries
Voiding dysfunction
Neoplasms
Therapeutics
Prostate.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; edited by Joseph P. Iannotti, Richard D. Parker ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado ; contributing illustrators John A. Craig [and others]Summary: The Upper Limb, Part 1 of Musculoskeletal System, Volume 6, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Shoulder
Upper arm and elbow
Forearm and wrist
Hand and finger.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; edited by Joseph P. Iannotti, Richard D. Parker, Thomas E. Mroz, Brendan M. Patterson ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: Spine and Lower Limb, Part 2 of Musculoskeletal System, Volume 6, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Spine
Pelvis, hip, and thigh
Knee
Lower leg
Ankle and foot.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalA compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter; Edited by Joseph P. Iannotti, Richard D. Parker, Abby G. Abelson, Brendan M. Patterson.Summary: Biology and Systemic Diseases, Part 3 of Musculoskeletal System, Volume 6, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Embryology
Physiology
Metabolic diseases
Congenital and developmental disorders
Rheumatic diseases
Tumors of musculoskeletal system
Injury to musculoskeletal system
Soft tissue infections
Fracture complications.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; edited by Michael J. Aminoff, Scott L. Pomeroy, Kerry H. Levin ; additional Illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the nervous system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. Michael J. Aminoff, Scott L. Pomeroy, and Kerry H. Levin, Brain, Part 1 of the Nervous System, Volume 7, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Normal and abnormal development
Cerebral cortex and neurocognitive disorders
Epilepsy
Psychiatry
Hypothalamus, pituitary, sleep, and thalamus
Disorders of consciousness (coma)
Basal ganglia and movement disorders
Cerebellum and ataxia
Cerebrovascular circulation and stroke
Multiple sclerosis and other central nervous system autoimmune disorders
Infections of the nervous system
Neuro-oncology
Headache
Head trauma.Digital Access Clinical Key [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; edited by Michael J. Aminoff, Scott L. Pomeroy, Kerry H. Levin ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: "Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the nervous system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. Michael J. Aminoff, Scott L. Pomeroy, and Kerry H. Levin, Spinal Cord and Peripheral Motor and Sensory Systems, Part 2 of the Nervous System, Volume 7, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators." -- Elsevier website.
Contents:
Cranial nerve and neuro-ophthalmologic disorders
Spinal cord: Anatomy and myelopathies
Spinal trauma
Nerve roots and plexus disorders
Mononeuropathies
Peripheral neuropathies
Autonomic nervous system and its disorders
Pain
Floppy infant
Motor neuron and its disorders
Neuromuscular junction and its disorders
Muscle and its disorders.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2025] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; authored by Jamie B. Conti, C. Richard Conti ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the cardiovascular system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. Jamie B. Conti and C. Richard Conti, Cardiovascular System, Volume 8 integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Anatomy
Physiology
Imaging
Embryology
Congenital heart disease
Acquired heart disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; editor, James C. Reynolds ; senior associate editor, Peter J. Ward ; associate editors, David A. Katzka, Henry P. Parkman, Michele A. Young ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: Upper Digestive Tract, Part 1 of the Digestive System, Volume 9, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators.
Contents:
Overview of upper digestive tract
Mouth and pharynx
Esophagus
Stomach.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; editor, James C. Reynolds ; senior associate editor, Peter J. Ward ; associate editors, Suzanne Rose, Missale Solomon, Christopher Steele ; additional illustrations by, Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: "Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the digestive system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. James C. Reynolds, Peter J. Ward, Suzanne Rose, Missale Solomon, and Christopher Steele, Lower Digestive Tract, Part 2 of the Digestive System, Volume 9, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Overview of lower digestive tract
Small bowel
Colon.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2025] - Digitala compilation of paintings prepared by Frank H. Netter ; editor, James C. Reynolds ; senior associate editor, Peter J. Ward ; associate editors, John A. Martin, David C. Whitcomb ; additional illustrations by Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: "Offering a concise, highly visual approach to the basic science and clinical pathology of the digestive system, this updated volume in The Netter Collection of Medical Illustrations (the CIBA "Green Books") contains unparalleled didactic illustrations reflecting the latest medical knowledge. Revised by Drs. James C. Reynolds, Peter J. Ward, John A. Martin, Grace L. Su, and David C. Whitcomb, Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas, Part 3 of the Digestive System, Volume 9, integrates core concepts of anatomy, physiology, and other basic sciences with common clinical correlates across health, medical, and surgical disciplines. Classic Netter art, updated and new illustrations, and modern imaging continue to bring medical concepts to life and make this timeless work an essential resource for students, clinicians, and educators"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Liver
Gallbladder and bile ducts
Pancreas.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalDavid L. Felten, M. Kerry O'Banion, Mary Summo Maida; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, James A. Perkins, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digitaledited by George A. Stouffer, Marschall S. Runge, Cam Patterson, Joseph S. Rossi ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrations, Carlos A.G. Machado [and 6 others].Summary: "Perfect for residents, generalists, anesthesiologists, emergency department physicians, medical students, nurses, and other healthcare professionals who need a practical, working knowledge of cardiology, Netter's Cardiology, 3rd Edition, provides a concise overview of cardiovascular disease highlighted by unique, memorable Netter illustrations. This superb visual resource showcases the well-known work of Frank H. Netter, MD, and his successor, Carlos Machado, MD, a cardiologist who has created clear, full-color illustrations in the Netter tradition. New features and all-new chapters keep you up to date with the latest information in the field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I: Introduction. Basic anatomy and embryology of the heart
The history and physical examination
Genetics in cardiovascular disease
Effects of exercise on cardiovascular health
Cardiovascular epidemiology and risk prediction models
Stem cell therapies for cardiovascular disease
Section II: Diagnostic testing. Electrocardiography
Chest radiography
Echocardiography
Stress testing and nuclear imaging
Cardiac computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
Diagnostic coronary angiography
Left and right heart catheterization
Section III: Vascular biology and risk factors for coronary artery disease. Atherosclerosis and angiogenesis
Hypertension
Lipid abnormalities
Diabetes and cardiovascular events
Cardiovascular effects of air pollutants
Section IV: Coronary heart disease. Stable coronary artery disease
Non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction
ST-elevation myocardial infarction
Percutaneous coronary intervention
Coronary artery bypass surgery
Cardiogenic shock after myocardial infarction and percutaneous support devices
Congenital coronary anomalies
Coronary hemodynamics and FFR
Section V: Myocardial diseases and cardiomyopathy. epidemiology of congestive heart failure- HFpEF and HFrEF. Management of acute heart failure
Management of chronic heart failure
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Restrictive cardiomyopathy
Hereditary cardiomyopathies
Myocarditis
Cardiac transplantation and mechanical circulatory support devices
Stress-induced cardiomyopathy
Section VI: Cardiac rhythm abnormalities. Bradyarrhythmias
Supraventricular tachycardia
Atrial fibrillation- rate vs. Rhythm
Atrial fibrillation- stroke prevention
Atrial fibrillation- ablation techniques
Ventricular tachycardia
Sudden cardiac death
Syncope
Cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
Section VII: Valvular heart disease. Aortic valve disease
Mitral valve disease
Cardiovascular manifestations of rheumatic fever
Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
Infective endocarditis
Surgical treatment of valvular heart disease
Section VIII: Structural heart disease. Clinical presentation of adults with congenital heart disease
Catheter-based therapies for adult congenital heart disease
Surgical interventions for congenital heart disease
Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Transcatheter mitral valve repair
Section IX: Pericardial diseases. Pericardial disease: clinical features and treatment
Pericardial disease: diagnosis and hemodynamics
Section X: Peripheral vascular disease. Renovascular hypertension and renal denervation
Interventional approaches for peripheral arterial disease
Surgery for peripheral vascular diseases
Carotid artery revascularization
Diseases of the aorta
Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism
Section XI: Cardiac considerations in specific populations and systemic diseases. Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
Neuromuscular diseases and the heart
Cardiovascular manifestations of endocrine diseases
Connective tissue diseases and the heart
Cardiac tumors and cardio-oncology
Pulmonary hypertension
HIV and the heart
Sleep disorders and the cardiovascular system
Cardiovascular disease in women
Cardiovascular disease in the elderly.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digital[edited by] John T. Hansen ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, James A. Perkins, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, Tiffany S. DaVanzo.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- DigitalEdward C. Weber, Joel A. Vilensky, Stephen W. Carmichael, Kenneth S. Lee ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrator, Carlos A.G. Machado.Summary: "Designed to make learning more interesting and clinically meaningful, Netter's Concise Radiologic Anatomy matches radiologic images--from MR and ultrasound to CT and advanced imaging reconstructions--to the exquisite artwork of master medical illustrator Frank H. Netter, MD. As a companion to the bestselling Netter's Atlas of Human Anatomy, this updated medical textbook begins with the anatomy and matches radiologic images to the anatomic images; the result is a concise, visual guide that shows how advanced diagnostic imaging is an amazing "dissection tool" for viewing human anatomy in the living patient"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Head and neck
Back and spinal cord
Thorax
Abdomen
Pelvis and perineum
Upper limb
Lower limb.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalWilliam K. Ovalle and Patrick C. Nahirney ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter, contributing illustrators, Joe Chovan [and three others].Contents:
The cell
Epithelium and exocrine glands
Connective tissue
Muscle tissue
Nervous tissue
Cartilage and bone
Blood and bone marrow
Cardiovascular system
Lymphoid system
Endocrine system
Integumentary system
Upper digestive system
Lower digestive system
Liver, gallbladder, and exocrine pancreas
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Eye and adnexa
Special senses.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalSusan E. Mulroney, Adam K. Myers ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, James A. Perkins, Tiffany Slaybaugh DaVanzo, Kristen W. Marzejon.Summary: Clear, focused, and highly visual, Netter's Essential Physiology, 3rd Edition, uses a concise, clinical approach to help you grasp key concepts quickly and easily. Illustrated by the world-renowned Frank H. Netter, MD, and artists working in his tradition, this readable text combines easy-to-understand prose with clinical correlations, “light bulb" side notes, end-of-chapter questions, and helpful videos to ensure a complete understanding of complex content. It’s an ideal text for a basic understanding of physiology, as an overview of the subject, or as a supplement to lectures.
Contents:
Cell physiology, fluid homeostasis, and membrane transport
The nervous system and muscle
Cardiovascular physiology
Respiratory physiology
Renal physiology
Gastrointestinal physiology
Endocrine physiology.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] Martin H. Floch, C. S. Pitchumoni, Neil R. Floch, James S. Scolapio, Joseph K. Lim ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado [and six others].Contents:
Section I: Esophagus
GERD
Section II: Stomach and duodenum
Section III: Abdominal wall
Section IV: Small intestine
Section V: Colon, rectum, and anus
Section VI: Infectious and parasitic diseases of the alimentary tract
Section VII: Pancreas
Section VIII: Gallbladder and bile ducts
Section IX: Liver
Section X: Nutrition and gastrointestinal disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalNeil S. Norton ; Illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, MD [and six others].Contents:
Development of the head and neck
Osteology
Basic neuroanatomy and cranial nerves
The neck
Scalp and muscles of facial expression
Parotid bed and gland
Temporal and infratemporal fossae
Muscles of mastication
Temporomandibular joint
Pterygopalatine fossa
Nose and nasal cavity
Paranasal sinuses
Oral cavity
Tongue
Pharynx
Larynx
Cervical fascia
Ear
Eye and orbit
Autonomics of the head and neck
Intraoral injections
Introduction to the upper limb, back, thorax, and abdomen.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digital[edited by] Elaine C. Jong, Dennis L. Stevens; illustrations by Frank H. Netter; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado [and five others].Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digital/Printeditors, Jayashri Srinivasan, Claudia J. Chaves, Brian J. Scott, Juan E. Small ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, Tiffany Slaybaugh Davanzo, James A. Perkins, Anita Impagliazzo.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- DigitalRoger P. Smith, MD.Summary: For medical students, generalists, and specialists alike, Netter's Obstetrics & Gynecology, 4th Edition, provides superbly illustrated, up-to-date information on the conditions and problems most often encountered in OB/GYN practice. Classic Netter images are paired with concise, evidence-based descriptions of common diseases, conditions, diagnostics, treatments, and protocols. Large, clear illustrations and short, to-the-point text provide quick, authoritative access to expert medical thinking--perfect for gaining knowledge of this complex field, for everyday clinical practice, or for staff and patient education.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023]
- DigitalJoshua A. Cleland, PT, DPT, PhD, Shane Koppenhaver, PT.PhD, Jonathan Su, PT, DPT, LMT ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, MD, John A. Craig, MD.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
- DigitalCraig, John A.; DaVanzo, Tiffany S.; Devon, Erin Pete; Impagliazzo, Anita; Machado, Carlos A. G.; Marzejon, Kristen Wienandt; Netter, Frank H.; Perkins, James A.; Tenney-Soeiro, Rebecca.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- Nabāt sūryā wa filistīn wa al-quṭr al-maṣrī wa bawādīhā — Netter's Pediatrics : Editors, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Erin Pete Devon ; Illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; Contributing Illustrators, Carlos a.G. Machado, John a. Craig, DragonFly Media Group, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, Anita Impagliazzo, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, James a. Perkins. Second edition (235)
- Netter's Sports Medicine. Third edition — Neuropsychopharmacology and Therapeutics (235)
- NeuroPsychopharmacotherapy — Nonsurgical Peri-orbital Rejuvenation (235)
- Noradrenergic Signaling and Astroglia — Nutritional Support After Gastrointestinal Surgery (232)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.